
Class _ 
Book 



COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT 



PRACTICAL HAND-BOOK 

OF 

TOILET PREPARATIONS 

AND THEIR USES. 

I 

ALSO 

RECIPES FOR THE HOUSEHOLD. 



FORMULAS THAT HAVE BEEN TESTED BY THE AUTHOR IN A 

LONG PROFESSIONAL CAREER, WHICH WILL ENABLE THE 

READER TO MAKE, AT A SMALL PRICE, A CLASS OF 

PREPARATIONS THAT ARE IN UNIVERSAL DE- 



The information contained in tins Book is the result of original investi- 
gations, and cannot be obtained in its entirety without a lifetime of research. 



BY 

JOSEPH A. BEGY. 



Copyright, 1889, by Joseph A. Begy. 



NEW YORK : 
WM. L. ALLISON, PUBLISHER. 






81881 



\ 



\ 



f 



)9 









A 



" Prove all things, and hold fast that which is good" 

" That which is new is attractive by the charm of its 
originality, and when possessing the undisputed advant- 
age of practical usefulness, must and will call for ad- 
miration." 



PREFACE, 



In offering this work to the public my aim is to place 
before the people my formulas for making, with in- 
structions for using, the different preparations for pre- 
serving, improving and beautifying the face, neck, 
arms, lips, teeth and hair; also for making a large 
variety of other preparations for toilet use and other 
purposes, so that my readers can secure for themselves 
the manifold advantages of my long experience. 

There is no work that will stand higher in the 
estimation of the public or that will be more highly 
appreciated for the benefits received through it, when 
its merits shall become known. 

A large number of my recipes are for making pre- 
parations that will perhaps to a large extent be used 
by the ladies, as they are adapted especially to their 
needs and wants. There are, however, many recipes, 
which are designed for gentlemen, who must also have 
toilet preparations for the face, after shaving, and for 
the hands, to prevent the skin becoming rough and 
chapped. Besides these, they will also find prepara- 
tions for the teeth, hair, scalp, moustache, whiskers, 
etc. I have endeavored to make the matter" in this 



6 Preface. 

work plain, so that everybody will be enabled to era- 
ploy the different preparations made after my recipes 
in the most satisfactory manner, and with a thorough 
understanding of just what they are using. I have 
placed before the public the results of my extensive 
experimenting, and special study of the various arti- 
cles, substances and materials used in making toilet 
preparations. During many years' experience as a 
druggist, I have given particular attention to this 
branch, and made a special study of the subject, in 
order to be able to supply my patrons with prepara- 
tions that I knew to be perfectly reliable, safe, and 
sure to produce the effect desired in the shortest 
possible time. After long experimenting I succeeded 
in making a large number of preparations that hive 
fulfilled all requirements. I therefore offer the results 
of my labors and experience with the utmost confidence 
that they will give entire satisfaction to everybody who 
uses them; for they have all been thoroughly tried, and 
will do just what I claim for them — preserve and beau- 
tify the complexion — soften and whiten the hands — 
give to the lips the fresh ruby condition denoting health 
— preserve and beautify the teetli — and impart beauty, 
Strength and vigor to the hair. They are pronounced 
by pompetent judges to be wonderful combinatl 
NTobody can use them without being well pleased with 
result. 

In making a special study of toilet preparations. I 



Preface. 7 

found that a great many so-called Beautifiers, Creams, 
Balms, Cosmetics, Lotions, Invigorators, Restoratives, 
Tonics, and powders and paste preparations, with all 
manner of names, that flood the market, contain dele- 
terious materials, and should never be used, as they 
often prove very detrimental to health. But those who 
use my recipes and follow the directions, will have the 
advantage of knowing that they contain positively no 
deleterious material, and are perfectly harmless. This 
can only be known by my formulas, which show the 
nature of the materials used. 

This is a subject every one who uses toilet prepara- 
tions, in some form, (and who does not?) for the face, 
hands, lips, teeth, arms, neck and hair, should be 
interested in. Very often serious consequences follow 
the use of these highly lauded preparations, and if 
their actual nature were known they would be dis- 
carded. But how little attention has the purity of 
these preparations received ? It has been almost over- 
looked in the great desire to get something that seemed 
to serve the purpose for the time being, regardless of 
consequences. 

My special study of this subject enables me to place 
before the public, in this work, formulas for making 
the various toilet preparations that are absolutely free 
from all injurious substances — and are equal or 
superior to the best now before the public. I have 
also placed in this work formulas for making a great 



8 Preface. 

many useful, practical and valuable preparations for 
family use other than the toilet. 

There need be no hesitation whatever in using any 
of the preparations made after these recipes, as they 
are positively reliable, and will generally do just what 
is claimed for them, producing results that never fail to 

please. 

Trusting that this work will, by its merits, prove 
worthy of public confidence, I respectfully submit it 
to the test of experience. 

JOSEPH A. BEGY. 

Rochester, N.Y., August 1, 1889. 



EECIPES AND PREPAKATIONS FOR TOILET AND 
HOUSEHOLD USE. 



A FEW THINGS I HAVE OBSERVED. 

I have observed that anything that has the appear- 
ance of mystery will arouse the curiosity of a multitude 
of people. 

This is the very secret of success with a great many 
of the so-called wonderful preparations that to-day are 
being lauded to the skies by the extensive use of money 
and printer's ink. 

If the mask were taken off of these preparations, and 
the true nature of their composition exposed, it would 
result in their certain death. 

During my long experience as a druggist T have 
come in contact a great deal with an article called 
humbug. 

I have been repeatedly and forcibly reminded of the 
fact that there are some people who love to be 
imposed upon, when it is done without their direct 
knowledge. 

All that is necessary to prove this assertion is to take 
notice how some preparations are placed before the 
public, being surrounded with all the mysterious condi- 
tions that the parties w r ere able to contrive. If such 
success follows preparations that depend largely on 



10 Recipes and Preparations 

mystery, how much greater should be the success of a 
work like this that comes to the people with recipes, that 
every pharmacopolist can understand — formulas written 
in plain language and based on scientific principles ; thus 
I obtain results that are in keeping with established laws. 
If any reader should infer that ingredients apparently 
so simple and common are not efficacious, he will in 
their use be agreeably surprised. 

The mixing together of different ingredients in the 
proper proportions and blending of materials produces 
wonderful combinations. 

To all who are sceptical I wish to say, do not con- 
demn the work until you have tried its merits. 

My recipes are not merely a random compilation, 
but are the outgrowth of deep study of the subject 
backed up by thorough practical experimenting, until 
the most effective preparations were produced. This 
has been demonstrated by having them thoroughly tried 
during my many years' service as a druggist. 

Preparations made after a recipe that the people can 
know all about, will take the place of noxious concoc- 
tions disguised under fancy names. For it must be 
a matter of considerable satisfaction to anybody to have 
full knowledge of the constituents of any preparation 
used on the person. 

If this work only partially accomplishes the aims I 
have had in view, and consigns to oblivion the noxious 
compounds sold for personal use, I shall feel that my 
labor has not been lost. 

J. A. B. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 11 



THE SKIN. 



HOW TO PRESERVE AND IMPROVE ITS VELVETY TEX- 
TURE AND THE DELICACY OF ITS HUES. 

This is a subject that will no doubt interest the 
ladies very much. 

In order to be successful in such an undertaking, it 
is very necessary to follow certain rules. The skin 
must be protected as much as possible from vigorous 
exposure, and from all extreme influences that might 
have a tendency to affect it injuriously. 

Do not put on any preparations except those you 
know contain no injurious substances. 

Do not expose the hands, arms, neck or face to ex- 
treme heat or cold, nor to sudden and extreme changes 
of temperature, for the vicissitudes of weather and cli- 
mate have a tendency to destroy the natural sensibility 
of the skin ; to thicken and harden it ; to render it 
coarse and rough, thereby causing the obstruction and 
rupture of the capillary arteries, and imparting to it a 
streaky, muddy, weather-beaten appearance. 

Strong winds, whether hot or cold, also prove very 
injurious, by carrying off most of the natural moisture 
which is essential to its suppleness and proper action. 

This very often, by repeated exposure, is carried to a 
degree sufficient to destroy its vitality, and even to 
produce an ugly, rough, red and chapped condition of 
the skin, which at times becomes sore, nainful and un- 



12 Recipes and Preparations 

sightly — a condition that often becomes a difficult 
problem to successfully handle and to cure. 

To obviate the ill effects of exposure and to promote 
the beauty of the skin, the assistance of art is fre- 
quently had recourse to ; when such is the case, bear in 
mind, it should be done in the most judicious manner, 
and with utmost caution. 

Generally, all that is necessary, under ordinary cir- 
cumstances, for this purpose, are the following rules : 

If the health has been impaired by the use of any 
deleterious toilet preparations or from other causes, 
this should first be restored. 

Discontinue the use of the toilet preparations that 
contain the injurious material, and in their place employ 
the different preparations made after the recipes in 
this work. 

No matter what the blemishes may be, or what 
character they assume, or that your skin may be affected 
with, this book contains the recipes for making prepara- 
tions that will, by proper use, remove all blemishes 
from the skin, giving to it that fine, velvety texture, 
and healthy, fair, youthful appearance so much ad- 
mired, and so highly coveted by all. 

This very desirable condition of the skin can be pro- 
duced very readily with the aid of this work. 

The modus operandi is to follow the rules here laid 
down, and to use the different preparations for the 
skin and toilet made after my recipes, carefully follow- 
ing the instructions. The results will justify my con- 
fidence in what they will do, when used according to 
luy suggestions. 

In bathing the face, neck, arms and hands, always 



For Toilet and Household Use. 13 

use soft water when it can be had, as hard water ren- 
ders the skin rough and coarse, gradually destroying 
its natural beauty. But hard water can be rendered 
fit to use by the addition of a little aqua ammonia or 
pulverized borax. 

In the following pages you will find a recipe for 
making what I call " Bathing Powder." This is one 
of the very finest preparations for rendering hard water 
soft ; after this has been added to the hardest water, it 
will render it soft and fit for people to use, who have 
the most tender and delicate skin. It is an excellent 
wash for salt rheum, and manv other skin diseases. The 
addition of this powder to water will in no way be 
incompatible with the soap you use. 

It is very important to be particular about the 
quality of soap. Do not use any but the very purest. 

Purity of quality should be the standard and watch- 
word of everybody for everything used upon the skin, 
as impure or deleterious materials will prove injurious 
and cause no end of suffering from irritation and 
inflammation of the skin. 

When you find, after using the preparation you have 
selected, that it dxm't agree with the skin, reduce it ; 
if too weak make it stronger, or use one that is 
heavier. It is well, however, to keep in mind the fact 
that very few preparations will act alike on any great 
number of people ; with some a preparation might 
agree in every respect, while with others this same 
preparation would prove very unsatisfactory. 

Consequently, when one is used that does not prove 
satisfactory, use another until the right one is found. 

This book contains a large number of different 



14 Recipes and Preparations 

preparations for the skin, among which, no doubt one 
will be found that will more than meet your expec- 
tations. 

A greet aid in receiving the most satisfactory 
results in the employment of the various preparations 
for beautifying the skin is to have the blood in a pure 
state ; it is often in such bad condition as materially to 
hinder a cure. I would suggest the use of some good 
medicine when necessary to get the blood in a purer 
state. I have given recipes for making preparations, 
by the use of which this can generally be accomplished. 



HOW AND WHEKE TO PBOCUKE THE MATERIALS 
FCE MAKING THE DIFFERENT PREPA- 
RATIONS IN THIS BOOK. 



EEAD THIS CAREFULLY. 

When you desire to procure the materials, or to 
have any of these preparations prepared, copy the 
recipe you desire to use, and go to any good drug- 
store and either get the ingredients and prepare it 
yourself, or else have your druggist put it up for you. 

There will be no difficulty whatever in procuring 
any of the articles called for in the various formulas at 
any good drug-store. 

It is very important, in buying any of the materials 
used, to secure only the very best, freshest and purest 
goods. 

When the recipe calls for articles in powder form it 
must be in the very finest powder. All oils used 



For Toilet and Household Use. 15 

should be fresh and of best quality, and in like manner 
everything used In making the preparations after my 
recipes must be pure and fresh in order to get satis- 
factory results in every respect. 

You can get just the amount that any of the recipes 
calls for, or if you wish the amount can be reduced or 
increased \ but keep the proportions the same as in 
the formula. 

When the recipe you may select makes a larger 
quantity than you wish to try, reduce it to such a 
quantity as will suit ; and when you find the quantity 
is not large enough increase it to the amount you wish. 

It will be well, however, to keep in mind the fact 
that a small quantity will in most instances cost almost 
as much as a larger quantity. The prices of a good 
many of th^ articles used are very low ; especially is this 
the case when they are bought in fair quantities. 

When the above course is followed, first-class prepara- 
tions will be the result, and their effect will not 
disappoint you, as perhaps many ready-made prepara- 
tions have done, though put in nice looking bottles 
or boxes, all finely labelled with a very plausible tale 
of their wonderful properties, and of the great trans- 
formation that would take place after they have been 
used. 

With this work to make your preparations from, 
there will be no question about what they are com- 
posed of, and the cost will be far below these patented 
and inferior wares. 

When we consider the price charged for goods of 
this character, there can be no question about the 
value of this work. By its aid you can make your 



16 Recipes and Preparations 

own toilet and various other preparations at decidedly 
less expense than the preparations which are generally 
sold for similar purposes. 

The preparations made after my formulas will in- 
variably give satisfaction when prepared strictly ac- 
cording to instructions. i)o not fail to try them. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 17 



A FEW WORDS TO THE LADIES. 

Ladies, allow me to submit for your inspection the 
following suggestions : 

Follow the instructions laid down in this book, and 
use my preparations for completing the toilet and the 
various other purposes mentioned, and there will be no 
further occasion to find fault because the toilet pre- 
parations you use for the face, neck, arms, hands, lips, 
teeth and hair have disappointed you. My colognes, 
toilet waters and numerous other preparations used in 
completing the toilet never fail to give satisfaction. 

There will be no more cause for alarm on account of 
the serious consequences which followed the use of some 
of the highly injurious toilet preparations which are 
advertised as perfectly harmless. 

There is no question about the fact that a great 
many ladies are daily using preparations for their 
complexions and toilet that are more or less injurious ; 
they will not realize what danger they are in until some 
day they find that they have completely ruined their 
skin. This will cause them no end of chagrin. 

If they were acquainted with the nature of the 
materials, they would not sanction their use. Hitherto 
there has been no choice, they could only take such 
preparations as were offered (generally at exorbitant 
pricey), and run the risk of good or bad results. With 
this book in your possession that will all be changed ; 
you will not have to take anything offered or go 



18 Recipes and Preparations 

without ; but will have the matter completely under 
your own control ; and be able to select and use only 
such preparations as you know to be not only harmless 
but beneficial. 

This is a very important matter, and should not be 
lost sight of. I have placed before you a large number 
of useful recipes, both for toilet and household use, to 
make your selections from. 

If the old adage is true that economy is wealth, it 
v/ill be realized through this book in an exceedingly 
surprising manner, for you will be in a position to 
dispense with the preparations that are sold at such 
exorbitant prices, and in their place you can have yours 
made from my recipes at considerable less expense and 
with the assurance of guaranteed excellence ; therefore I 
trust you will see the wisdom of the above suggestions 
and act accordingly, securing for yourselves beauty, 
health, contentment, comfort and happiness. 



READ THE FOLLOWING CAREFULLY. 

3PECIAL DIRECTIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING 
PREPARATIONS MADE AFTER RECIPES IN THIS 

BOOK. 

It will be very important to have all the preparar 
tions you desire to use prepared correctly and from the 
veiy best materials. 

Ladies using the toilet preparations in liquid form 
for the face, n ci; and arms, should apply them with a 
fine, soft sjm;i, After putting on the required 



For Toilet and Household Use. 19 

amount (this your judgment must decide), give it time 
to dry ; then take a soft piece of chamois skin and rub 
it over very lightly ; this will smooth it over nicely 
and evenly. This must be done in order to produce 
the best effect, and one you will appreciate. 

The above course should be followed in the use of 
all liquid preparations for preserving, improving and 
beautifying the complexion and skin (unless otherwise 
directed in the recipe.) 

Any of the liquid preparations (or those in powder 
form), made after my recipes for the face, can also be 
used on the neck and arms with the most charming 
results. 

They should be applied lightly, then allowed to dry ; 
then rubbed over with fine chamois skin to smooth 
down evenly. 

Ladies using any of the preparations in powder form 
should apply them with a soft chamois skin, cotton- 
flannel, or puff. Your judgment must decide the quan- 
tity that will be required to bring out the most desir- 
able features. 

When finished in this way, detection of its presence 
is very difficult. This is really one of the secrets of 
using toilet preparations for the face, and those using 
them should take advantage of it. 

The one best adapted to your skin should be used. 

There is a large number to choose from (and all 
good for their purpose) ; so thare will be no difficulty 
to select those that will be perfectly satisfactory and 
suitable to ':he different tastes* 

Always romember that the preparations must be put 
on even — not more on one place than on another. 



20 Recipes and Preparations 

A lady appearing with her toilet carelessly attended 
to, or with powder applied in a careless manner (as 
though done by an amateur), looks coarse and vulgar. 
Bat my preparations cannot be readily detected, when 
manipulated and applied, so as to bring out the most 
desirable features, when their natural freshness has 
faded. Less fascinating features are thus placed out of 
sight. 

With this book, and a little intelligent practice, any 
one can be sure of success in the use of toilet prepara- 
tions, providing the latter are what they should be. If 
you follow the instructions in this book you may be 
sure of appearing to as good advantage as any of your 
friends, perhaps completely surpass them. 

There is no need whatever of having the face all 
covered with unsightly and disagreeable blemishes, the 
skin yellow, streaky, spotted or florid ; to allow time 
to leave his marks too soon upon the once fair face ; to 
have the hands red or rough, the lips pale, feverish, 
cracked and chapped, or the teeth all discolored and 
decayed 

The teeth above all things should be properly taken 
care of. 

It is a conceded fact that good health depends upon 
cleanliness ; and where is the necessity more apparent 
than in the mouth ? A good dentifrice w^ill keep the 
teeth and mouth in a cleanly condition, thereby pre- 
serving and beautifying the teeth, and promoting 
health, happiness, and beauty. 

My recipes for preparations are equal, and many are 
far superior to any of the high priced preparations 
usually sold. I have given a large variety to select from, 



For Toilet and Household Use. 21 

and there will be no difficulty in getting just the kind 
that may be desired. 

Do not neglect the hair. If it does not receive 
proper attention, it soon becomes dry, harsh and coarse ; 
and the scalp will become covered with scaly matter, 
called dandruff, lose its vitality and turn prematurely 
gray, or fall out, causing baldness. 

How often this happens, when it might have been 
prevented by proper care. Do not wait until the life 
of the hair has been destroyed, but take care of it while 
there is still a chance to preserve it. 

By the use of the creams, balms, lotions, restoratives, 
tonics, invigorators, cosmetics, powders, and the various 
other preparations made from my recipes, the skin, 
teeth and hair will certainly be preserved, improved 
and beautified. They are truly efficacious preparations 
and such will be the verdict of all who employ them. 

Gentlemen desiring preparations to use after shaving, 
to prevent the face becoming rough and chapped, will 
find in this book a number of recipes adapted to their 
use. It also contains formulas for making Hair 
Tonics, Restorers, Invigorators, Shampoos, Brilliantin, 
Dyes, Curling Fluid, and Dressing through which the 
hair can be brought to a degree of perfection that is 
simply wonderful. 

Ladies or gentlemen desiring any of the various 
Toilet Waters, Colognes, or Bay Rums, can find re- 
cipes in this book to make those that will be equal to 
any of the imported or domestic, in elegance, fra- 
grance, and lasting qualities, so that the most exacting 
person will be well suited with them. 

There are a great many preparations in the market 



22 Recipes and Preparations 

put up for similar purposes, which, sell at exorbitant 
prices, that cannot compare with those made from my 
recipes in actual results. A trial of them will convince 
the most sceptical. 

I trust you will be confirmed in the truthfulness of 
the statements made above by buying this work and 
giving the preparations made after my recipes a trial. 

I am confident that after they are once used, they 
will be the favorite ones, and that this work will be 
appreciated. 

THE DESIRE TO BE BEAUTIFUL 

is one of the most praiseworthy, as well as the most 
natural sentiments of a woman's heart. 

There can be no real beauty without a pure com- 
plexion and clear skin. 

Any lady can have this by using the preparations for 
the skin and complexion made after the formulas in 
this book. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 23 

PART I. 

PBBPARATIONS FOR BEAUTIFYING THE COMPLEX- 
ION AND SKIN. 



" TOKALON," 

FOR IMPROVING AND BEAUTIFYING THE COMPLEXION. 

This makes an elegant preparation. It imparts a 
brilliant transparency to the skin ; it will remove 
pimples, freckles and discolorations, and make the skin 
delicately soft. 

Best Precipitated Chalk, 4 ounces, 

" Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, 1 ounce, 
Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces, 
Pulv. Carmine, 3 grains 
Pulv. Borax, li drachm, 
Best Bay Rum, 4 ounces, 
Extract Jockey Club, 4 drachms, 
Water, 1 pint. 
Mix all the ingredients together in a suitable bottle. 
Keep well corked. 

Directions for using. 
Shake thoroughly, then apply to the face, arms or 
neck. It improves the effect to thoroughly wash ; then 
dry the parts before applying the Tokalon. It should 
be put on lightly with a small sponge ; when nearly 
dry rub even with soft cloth or chamois skin. 



ORANGE CREAM 

FOR THE COMPLEXION. 

This preparation produces a beautiful effect upon 



24 Recipes and Preparations 

the skin ; it renders it soft and smooth ; it will also 
allay smarting, caused by sunburn and other irritation 
of the surface. 

Take 

Pulv. White Venetian Talcum, 3 ounces, 

Pulv. Drop Chalk, 1 ounce, 

Pure Glycerine, li ounce, 

Bicarbonate Soda, 2 drachms, 

Extract musk, 2 drachms, 

Oil Sweet Orange, i drachm, 

Alcohol, i ounce, 

Pure water, 1 pint. 
Prepare by adding the powders to the water, then 
add the glycerine and extract. Dissolve the oil in the 
alcohol and add it to the other ingredients. 

This cream may be used upon the skin just as desired, 
and as often as desired. Apply it with soft sponge or 
cloth. Do not put it on too thick. 



MAIDEN BLUSH 

FOE, THE COMPLEXION. 

This is a beautiful, highly-tinted preparation. 

It imparts such a natural appearance to the com- 
plexion, it is very much admired. 

The effect it produces is truly marvellous ; it con- 
ceals all blemishes. 

It can be blended with an all white preparation when 
applying it, so that it will bring out the very best 
effects. 

When this is desired it may be done as follows : 

Apply one of the all white preparations (in liquid 
form) ; allow it to become dry, and smooth over very 



For Toilet and Household Use. 25 

lightly ; then apply just enough of the Maiden Blush 
right over the white, to produce the desired effect. 
Take 

Best Precipitated Chalk, 2 ounces. 

" Drop Chalk, 2 ounces. 
Oxychlor, Bismuth, 2 drachms. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Pure Carmine, 5 grains. 
" Glycerine, 1^ ounce. 
" Bay Rum, 2 ounces. 
Extract Vanilla, 2 drachms. 
" White Rose, 2 drachms. 
u Jasmin, 1 drachm. 
" Musk, 1 drachm. 
Pure water to make one pint. 
Put powders in a pint bottle ; add the glycerine, 
Bay rum, extracts and water. Keep well corked. 

Directions. 

Apply to face, arms or neck as required ; put on 
even ; not too thick. 

This makes a very desirable preparation for evening 
use, giving to the skin a natural, youthful appearance. 
It will at once change the color of the skin, no matter 
how badly it is freckled or sunburned ; or if it has a 
sickly brown or yellowish appearance, this will at once 
change it to a beautiful becoming flesh tint. It is not 
easily detected on account of the natural hue it 
imparts to the skin. 



26 Recipes and Preparations 

"SNOW-DROP CREAM." 

FOR THE COMPLEXION, HANDS, NECK, AND ARMS, 

This is an elegant creamy white preparation, I 
have always considered it one of the finest combina- 
tions I ever put together. If you want a creamy 
white toilet preparation that you can always rely upon, 
do not fail to try this one ; it will not disappoint you. 

Take 

Pulv. " Pure White " Talc, ) . . .' 01 rtllY _ G 

LC -p. . ., , -1 Ar lt } each oi ounces. 
" " Precipitated Chalk, ) 

" Oxychlor. Bismuth, 4 drachms. 

" Borax 2 " 

Pure Glycerine, 1J ounce. 
Camphor water, 2 drachms. 
Extract Lily of the Valley, 1 drachm. 
" Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
" Frangipani, 2 drachms. 
Pure water to make one pint. Mix powders all 
together, put into pint bottle, add the glycerne, 
extracts, camphor water, and lastly the plain water ; 
shake together thoroughly. 

Directions. 

Always shake well before using ; apply it as desired. 

This preparation will be highly appreciated by those 
that desire to have a fair white complexion and skin. 

This can also be blended with one of the liquid 
rouges to very good advantage. 

Ladies should study blending ; it will more then pay 
for the time occupied, in the result to be obtained. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 21 



"THE ARABIAN" 

COMPLEXION BEAUTIFIES. 

This preparation is of a peculiar color ; it is there- 
for very much admired by people of the brunette 
type of beauty. 

Take 

Finely Pulverized Paris White, 2 ounces. 

" White Talcum, 2 ounces. 
Cherry Laurel water, li " 
Jamaica Rum, 2£ " 

Pure, Glycerine, 1J " 

French Brandy, 1 oz. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 

" Ylang Ylang, 2 drachms. 

Water to make one pint. Mix powders together; put 
into a pint bottle ; then add other ingredients, and 
shake together well ; then fill with water. 

The ladies are the best judges as to how much and 
how often they should use their toilet preparations ; it 
is a matter depending largely upon circumstances. 

Generally they may be applied to the face, neck, 
arms, and hands as required. 



CAPITAL TOILET CREAM 

FOE, THE COMPLEXION. 

This makes a very elegant preparation ; it is one 
that I have put up for a long time ; it will at one change 
the color of the skin and impart to it a very refreshing 



28 Recipes and Preparations 

soothing, healthy condition, and a delicate velvety 
appearance, very much admired. 
Take 

Pulv. Drop Chalk, 2 ounces. 

" White French Chalk, 2 ounces. 
" Sub Nitrate Bismuth, i ounce. 
" Borax, 1 drachm. 
Peppermint Water, 1 ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 1J ounce. 
Extract Ocean Spray, 3 ounces. 

" Violets, 3 drachms. 
Water enough to make one pint. 
Prepare by mixing all the powders ; then put them 
into a pint bottle ; pour on the peppermint water and 
glycerine (which should be previously mixed) ; then 
add the extracts and lastly the water, and then shake 
well together. 

Directions for using. 
Shake well and apply as required; be particular 
about getting this on good, and the effects will surely 
be gratifying and wonderful. It cannot fail to be a 
favorite. 

Any of the pure white (that is, the all-white) 
preparations in liquid form may be tinted, if desired, 
by adding a small quantity of the liquid rouge or of 
pure carmine to them. 

Add just enough to produce the desired tint to suit 
your complexion and skin. 

"PARISIAN EUREKA," 

FOR THE TOILET. 

This recipe will make a preparation that is very 
soothing and healing to the skin ; when the skin is 



For Toilet and Household Use. 29 

rough or irritated, it works charmingly in allaying 
irritation and in curing roughness of the skin. Take 

Pulv. Alum, 2 drachms. 

Precipitated Chalk, 2% ounces. 

Sub Nitrate Bismuth, 2 ounces 

Rose Water, 3 ounces. 

Peppermint Water, 3 ounces. 

New England Rum, 1 ounce. 

Tinct. Benzoin, plain, i drachm. 

Extract Heliotrope, 3 drachms. 

Pure Water, 12 ounces. 

Mix the powders, and the rose and peppermint 
waters, then the rum, extract heliotrope and Benzoin, 
and lastly the water ; shake together thoroughly* Put 
on evenly and not too thick. 

PRACTICAL TOILET CREAM, 

FOE, THE COMPLEXION AND SKIN. 

This preparation is thoroughly practical and an ex- 
cellent one for everyday use. To be used as often as 
desired in all kinds of weather. Take 

Best Paris White, 1J- ounce. 

Pulv. White French Chalk, \ ounce. 

Precipitated Chalk, 2 ounces, 

Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 

Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 

Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 

Bay Rum, 2 ounces. 

Pure Water, 1 pint. 

Mix powders ; put in suitable bottle and add all the 
other ingredients, the water last. This preparation 
may be tinted, if desired, by adding a little carmine. 

Directions. 

Shake well and apply as desired. Put on evenly, not 
too heavy. Applying it with a soft sponge ; allow 
to dry; then smooth over with chamois skin. 



30 Recipes and Preparations 

RED ROSE BALM. 

This preparation will give to the complexion a very 
rosy hue. It will at once change the color of the skin 
from a yellow, sickly appearance to one of health and 
beauty. It especially delights the hearts of those who 
have a sallow, disagreeable looking skin. 
Take 

Pure Pulv. Drop Chalk, 4 ounces. 
White Venetian Talc, \ ounce. 
Pure Carmine, 5 grains. 

" Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Extract White Rose. 

" Jockey Club, each, 2 drachms. 

Aqua Ammonia, 2 drachms. 
Pure Water, 14 ounces. 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the carmine in the ammonia; mix the 
powders together, put into pint bottle ; add the gly- 
cerine, extracts, and the solution of carmine, then 
the water, and shake all together thoroughly. Keep 

well corked. 

Directions. 

Shake well and apply with a soft sponge or cloth ; 
allow it to dry, then rub it even with a soft piece of 
chamois skin. 

Put on just enough to produce the desired effect. 



"THE UNEXCELLED CREAM." 

FOR THE SKIN, 

I desire to call special attention to this preparation ; 
it will be noticed that it differs very much in character 



For Toilet and Household Use. 81 

as well as in effect from most of the preparations for 
the complexion. It is very much admired for its ap- 
plicability to the skin. It is generally used with entire 
satisfacti6n. Those that have used it are enthusiastic 
in their praise of its qualities, it has such wonderful 
softening properties, through which it renders the skin 
smooth and transparent. It gives to it the appearance 
of youth on account of the delicate tint it bestows. I 
assure all who desire an extra fine preparation for the 
complexion, that this will meet their expectation and 
approval. 

Its effect is immediate and more lasting than that of 
most other preparations. 

This recipe makes an all-white preparation. Fur- 
ther on will be found instructions for tinting it to any 
shade desired. 

Take 

Pure fresh Oil Sweet Almonds, 6 drachms, 

" " Cacao Butter, 4 drachms, 
Pulv. White French Chalk, 8 drachms, 
Sub Nitrate Bismuth, 2 drachms, 
Pure Precipitate Chalk, li ounce, 
Pulv. Borax, 20 grains, 
Pure Glycerine, 2 drachms, 
Tinct. Benzoin, plain, 2 drachms, 
Oil Eose Geranium, 10 drops, 

" Bitter Almonds, 2 " 
Ottar Roses, 2 drops. 
Oil Bergamot, 8 drops. 

HOW TO PREPARE THIS CREAM, 

Directions for making the above should be followed 
very carefully, thereby assuring an elegant preparation 
that will suit the most exacting taste* 



32 Recipes and Preparations 

First take a suitable dish in which it can be prepared. 
In this place the Cacao butter ; then heat it until it 
has melted; then add the oil of sweet almonds. 
When it has been incorporated, the powders (they 
must be previously mixed) should be added gradually 
to the oil and Cacao butter, stirring the mixture 
continually until all the powder has been added, then 
add the tincture Benzoin and the glycerine. 

If the cream becomes too stiff before all the ingre- 
dients have been put in, apply a little heat ; this will at 
once soften it ; then proceed to add the remainder ; 
after this has been done, add the oils geranium, 
bitter almonds, rose and bergamot. (These oils 
should be the last thing added in preparing the cream.) 
Then stir all together very thoroughly for a short time, 
it can be put into a suitable jar or box, in which it 
should be kept for use. The cream should always be 
well covered ; this will preserve its delicious fragrance, 

When the above recipe is properly prepared it 
makes a beautiful creamy paste which will remain on 
the skin better and longer then the majority of other 
preparations. 

Directions for using the cream. 

Apply to the skin with soft chamois skin and rub 
it on well, or take some of the paste on the flat part of 
middle finger, and rub it in very thoroughly. It can also 
be applied by taking soft sponge that has been previ- 
ously moistened in warm water (do not have it too 
wet) ; rub the sponge over the paste lightly, then apply 
it to the skin and smooth over nicely. 

If this cream is kept in a very warm place it is apt 
to become quite soft, or if it is kept in a very cold place 



For Toilet and Household Use, 33 

it becomes very hard. By keeping it in a moderate 
temperature, the consistency will be just right to use 
easily. 

TINTED CREAM FOE THE SKIN. 

To give to "the unexcelled cream" a beautiful 
tint, imparts to the skin a color that will in every 
respect resemble so closely the natural color of vigor- 
ous youth, as to defy detection from the most scrutiniz- 
ing observer. 

A great many will take advantage of the effects of 
this preparation in order to retain their youthful 
appearance. 

The recipe, whenever desired, may be modified to 
produce different degrees of tint, by adding a little 
more or less of the solution of carmine. I have most 
generally found that the following added to the cream 
will give satisfaction : 

Take 

Pure Carmine, 1 grain. 
Aqua Ammonia, 1 drachm. 

Dissolve the carmine in the ammonia ; then add it 
to the cream just before the last oils are added. 
When the all-white cream is prepared, it may be 
heated just enough to warm it slightly, and then the 
carmine solution should be added; it must always be 
very thoroughly stirred, in order to have the color even 
throughout. When making the cream, half of it may 
be colored or tinted, and the other half left white ; this 
can be done very easily. Make the cream as directed ; 
when the white is all finished divide it into two parts, 
one of which may be tinted as above. 

The flesh tinted cream may be used in the same 

3 



34 Recipes and Preparations 

manner as the white. The quantity to be used must 
rest with the person using it. 

Of course, it should not be put on too thick, and it 
must always be put on even and smooth. The effect 
of this cream upon the skin is always enhanced by 
thoroughly rubbing it into the skin. 

Any of the white or cream preparations, either in 
liquid, paste, or powder form, may be tinted to any 
shade of flesh color by adding a small quantity of either 
the pure pulverized carmine or the liquid rouge. 



PREPARATIONS 

FOE, THE COMPLEXION AND SKIN. 

(In Poivder Form.*) 

I fully appreciate the fact that there are a great 
many circumstances in connection with the use of 
preparations of this character that have a very large 
influence over the result. It would be utterly im- 
possible for me to enter fully into all the details of 
them. I must content myself by saying that it is very 
essential to apply, evenly, the right quantity only, in 
order to avoid disappointment in their use. If at any 
time, while using them, the skin becomes rough, the 
occasional application of one of my preparations will 
keep the skin in excellent condition, soft, smooth and 
delicate. 

As the effects of different preparations vary with 
different people, it may be necessary to try several be- 
fore the best results can be obtained. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 35 

Each one of the recipes will make a preparation 
that has peculiar properties of its own ; no two of them 
will have just the same effect ; this will be demon- 
strated on trying them. 

" THE ELITE " COMPLEXION POWDER. 

This makes an exceedingly fine powder. It is a 
pure white, and very soft; just the powder to be highly 
prized b)^ good judges of toilet powders. I have put 
it up for a long time for people who desired something 
extra nice. 

Take 

Pulverized Corn Starch, 12 ouuees. 
Pulverized Oxychlor Bismuth, 1 ounce. 
Pulverized White Venetian Talc. 3 ounces. 
Oil Neroli Petale, 15 drops. 
Oil Sandal Wood, i drachm. 
Oil Ceylon Cinnamon, 10 drops. 
Oil Lavender Flowers, i drachm. 

Mix the powders together well ; then add the oils, 
(which should be previously mixed together), stirring 
the mixture during the time the oils are being added. 

Directions. 
This powder may be used upon the skin as desired; 
follow suggestions in special directions. 

" THE MELBOSE " FACE POWDER. 

This recipe makes a powder that is slightly tinted ; 
just enough to give the complexion a real youthful 
appearance ; it is very highly praised. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 10 ounces. 

Pure Pulverized Venetian Red, 2 drachms. 



36 Recipes and Preparations 

Finely Pulv. Arrow Root, 2 ounces. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 1 drachm 

" Cloves \ 

" Sweet Orange > each 20 drops. 

" Bergamot, ) 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the Venetian Red with the Arrow Root and 
Chalk; then add the oils to the powder gradually; 
after which it must all be very thoroughly rubbed to- 
gether to ensure complete incorporation. Use as 
desired. 



It is very necessary in making Toilet Powders and 
powder combinations of all kinds, to be very particular 
to have them thoroughly and evenly mixed ; they can- 
not be too well rubbed together or too thoroughly incor- 
porated, to produce a fine preparation. 

This should always be kept in mind whenever any 
of the preparations are being made. 



THE PEARL POWDER FOR THE COMPLEXION. 

This recipe makes another pure white preparation ; 
it produces a most beautiful effect ; it is very much 
admired for the smoothness and delicate hue it imparts 
to the skin. 

Take : 

Finely Pulv. Arrow Root, 11 ounces. 

" Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, \ ounce. 
Precipitated chalk, 4 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, \ ounce. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 37 

Oil Cloves, } 

" Sassafras, > each, f drachm. 
" Winter-green ) 

Oassia, / i ^ a i 

" Peppermint } each ' 10 dr0 P s - 
" Bergamot, 20 drops. 
Mix the powders thoroughly ; then mix the oils and 
gradually add them to the mixed powders ; stir until 
completely incorporated. 

The oils used must be fresh and of best quality. 

Directions. 
The Pearl Powder may be applied to the skin any- 
where according to my special instructions. If the 
quality of material used in making this Powder is pure, 
it will make an all white powder that is equal to the 
best. 



THE FRENCH FACE POWDER. 

This recipe will make one of the most elegant face 
and skin Powders I ever put up. It is equal to any 
French preparation in the market. 

This formula certainly makes an exceedingly fine 
Powder. It is tinted and will give to the skin a 
beautiful, light flesh hue, and a very fine, smooth 
complexion. 

Take : 

Finely Pulv. Oxide Zinc, 2 ounces. 

" " Best Starch, 8 

" Drop Chalk, 4 " 

" White Clay, 4 " 

u " Orris Root, 1 ounce. 

" " White French Chalk, 2 ounces. 

" " Carmine, i drachm. 



38 Recipes and Preparations 

Oil Allspice, 
" Bitter Almonds, each J drachm. 
" Sweet Orange, \ 
" Rose Geranium, > each 1 drachm. 
" Cedrat, ) 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the Powders together thoroughly; then mix 
the oils together and gradually add them to the mixed 
powders. Keep stirring and mixing until it is all 
commingled. 

Directions. 

The French Face Powder may be used just as 
desired. 

Apply as often as necessary, use either puff, chamois 
skin or soft cloth ; it may also be used on the neck and 
arms. The effect will be perfectly elegant. Try it. 



WHITE ROSE. 

COMPLEXION POWDER. 

This recipe makes a pure white Powder, which may 
be used to the best advantage on either the face, neck 
or arms. It is delightfully perfumed, very fine and 
velvety. 

It will be very much appreciated by those who desire 
a powder that combines the elements of simplicity and 
effectiveness. 

Take 

Finely Pulv. White Talc, 

Pure Precipitate Chalk, each, 4 ounces. 

Finely Pulv. Drop Chalk, 

Ottar Rose, 5 drops. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 39 

Oil Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
u Sandal Wood, 10 drops. 

Mix Powders thoroughly and add the oils gradually 
until they are fully divided. 

Directions. 

This Powder may be used as desired. It is extra 
nice for evening use, especially when a very pale white 
complexion is wanted. 



ROYAL COMPLEXION POWDER. 

This name might lead people to think that this 
Powder was designed exclusively for people of royal 
birth ; but such is not the case , it is used with equally 
as much pleasure by other people and by them declared 
to be a powder of royal qualities. 

Take : 

Pulv. Pure Drop Chalk, 4 ounces. 

" " Corn Starch, 12 " 

Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, 1 ounce. 
Oil Neroli Petale, J drachm. 
" Lavender Flowers, 1 drachm. 
" Baj^ Leaves, 1 drachm. 
Ottar Rose, 4 drops. 
Mix all the powders together ; also mix the oils 
together, then gradually add the mixed oils to the 
powder, and rub them until thoroughly mixed. 

Directions. 
This Powder may be used as required, and be put on 
with puff, chamois skin or soft cloth. It has a 
beautiful effect when tinted to a flesh color, which can 
be done by the addition of carmine as suggested further 
back. 



40 Recipes and Preparations 

"NATURE'S OWN TOILET POWDER" 

FOB THE COMPLEXION AND SKIN. 

This formula makes a flesh-tinted powder that is 
very smooth and velvet3 r ; it has a fine effect upon the 
skin, and is a splendid powder for evening use ; it gives 
radiance to the expression. 

Take 

Pulv. White Talc, 7 ounces. 
Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, 1 ounce. 
Pure Precipitated Chalk, 7 ounces. 
Finely Pulv. Arrow Root, 1 ounce. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Pulv. Best Carmine, 1£ drachm. 
Extract Heliotrope, 2 drachms. 

" Jasmin, 1 drachm. 
Oil Bergamot, 1 drachm. 

Mix the powders (which must be very fine) to- 
gether; then add the extracts and oil gradually until 
the whole is thoroughly mixed. 

Directions. 

This powder may be used as required. It gives to 
the countenance an exceedingly bright and vivacious 
appearance. 



BRUNETTE COMPLEXION POWDERS. 

These preparations are especially adapted to Bru- 
nettes; they have a peculiar tint that is very becoming 
to them, suiting their complexion better than other 
-~x V( jers. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 41 

Number 1. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 12 ounces. 

Pulv. Lycopoclium, 1 ounce. 

" Best Starch, 6 ounces. 

u French Chalk, 2 ounces. 

" Carbonate Iron, 2} drachms. 

Oil Cloves, ) 

" Lavender Flowers, > each 1 drachm. 

" Ber^amot, ) 

" Cedrat (Citron), ) i i i i 

c . ri y ' > each f drachm. 

" bweet Orange, j 

Mix the powders together; also the oils, then grad- 
ually add the oils to the powder and rub or mix to- 
gether until the whole becomes completely commingled. 

Directions for using. 

This powder can be used just as required ; it must 
be put on evenly all over and the effect will be gratify- 
ing. To those who desire to try this powder I would 
suggest that they have a small quantity put up to try. 



ANOTHER BRUNETTE COMPLEXION 
POWDER. 

Number 2. 

This powder differs from the preceding one in shade 
of tint; and also in the effect produced. It is a most 
elegant preparation, soft, fine and velvety. 

I can positively say that this combination has no 
superior. It is also delightfully perfumed- 



42 Recipes and Preparations 

Take 

Pulv. Corn Starch, 6 ounces. 

Flor. Orris Root, 2 drachms. 

Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, 4 drachms. 

Pure Drop Chalk, 6 ounces. 

Borax, 2 drachms. 

Gum Gamboge, 2J- drachms. 

Carbonate Iron, i drachm. 
Oil Rose Geranium, ) i i ^ -» 
« Bay Leaves, ^ j eacla i drachm ' 
" Sandal Wood, 1J drachm. 
" Lemon Grass, 20 drops. 
" Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 

Mix the powders (which must all be very fine); next 
mix the oils together ; then gradually add the oils to 
the powders; and rub together until thoroughly mixed. 

Directions. 

This powder can be applied as desired to the face, 
neck and arms. 



"PEACH-BLOW POWDER" 

FOR THE COMPLEXION. 

This recipe, as the name implies, will make a very 
fine preparation; it has a beautiful tint. It is so near 
the natural color of the skin that it can be used without 
being detected. If the complexion has become sallow 
and of an undesirable appearance, this powder will at 
once give to it the appearance of blooming youth. It 
may be used with extraordinary good effect in complet- 
ing the toilet for the evening. 

Take. 

Pulv. Corn Starch, 8 ounces. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 48 

" Heavy Calcined Magnesia, 3 ounces. 
" White Talcum, 4 ounces. 

Oil Allspice, 

" Sweet Orange, \ each i drachm, 

" Sandal Wood, 

" Civet, 5 drops. 
Pure Carmine, 5 grains. 
Aqua Ammonia, 1 drachm. 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the carmine in the aqua ammonia . mix 
all the powders together ; then add the solution of car* 
mine gradually to a portion of the powder and mix it 
thoroughly. Then add the remainder of the powder; 
after this has been well mixed together, add the oils 
and stir until all of it is completely commingled. 

When this powder is finished it should be a very 
light flesh tint. It may be applied as usual. 



ROUGES 

FOR PRODUCING A ROSY COMPLEXION AND RUBY LIPS, 
ALSO FOR BLENDING SKIN PREPARATIONS. 

For rouge in the dry state use only the pure carmine. 
This can be had at any of the drug stores. 
Directions for using. 

Put a small quantity of the carmine on a piece of 
chamois skin, and make it into fine powder by pressing 
and rubbing it between the chamois skin. This will 
cause the carmine to spread over the chamois skin 
very evenly ; when this has been done it will be ready 
to use upon the face or lips by simply applying the 
chamois skin to the spot. 



44 Recipes and Preparations 

Do not put the rouge on too thick. It should rather 
be too light than too heavy; too much will over-do the 
matter and spoil the effect. 

When a rosy complexion and red lips are desired 
follow the above course carefully and you will not be 
disappointed with the result. A very beautiful effect 
may be produced by using ov^q of the white prepara- 
tions for the complexion. When powder is used apply 
it in the usual manner ; even it nicely ; then apply the 
carmine with the chamois, just enough to bring on a 
beautiful flesh tint. If the white preparation is in 
liquid form, put it on in the usual way; allow it to 
dry; then carefully put on a small quantity of the 
carmine and blend them together. When this is done 
nicely it has a most charming effect. 



ROUGE IN LIQUID FORM. 

When a rouge is desired in this form, use the following 
recipe to make it, and you will have just as good rouge 
as can be made. 

Take 

Pure Carmine, 5 grains. 
Aqua Ammonia, 1 drachm. 
Glycerine, 1 drachm. 
Rose Water, 6 drachms. 

Dissolve the carmine in the ammonia; add the 
rose-water and glycerine ; shake together and keep 
will corked. 

Directions for using. 

Apply the liquid rouge with a small soft sponge, put 
on only a small quantity and spread it over the surface 
well in order to thin it out. Do not get it on too thick 



For Toilet and Household Use. 45 

as that would certainly spoil the effect. It should be 
remembered that a little of this goes a good way. 

Some ladies love to blend their white complexion 
preparations on the face in this manner. The white 
preparation should be put on in the usual way ; nicely 
evened, allowed to dry, then apply a small quantity of the 
liquid rouge in the center of the cheek ; this will pro- 
duce a very handsome effect; and the blooming com- 
plexion so much admired. 



MODIFIED ROUGE. 

This formula makes a very handsome rouge of me- 
dium shade. 

It is perhaps more properly a highly-tinted complexion 
powder. This powder is used alone just as it is, or 
in connection with pure white powder for blending. 
Where used as it is, it gives a very delicate rosy hue 
to the skin. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 3 ounces. 
" Pulv. Oxide Zinc, 4 drachms. 
" " Starch, 2i ounces. 
" " Carmine, 20 grains. 
Oil Rose Geranium, i drachm. 
" Lavender Flowers, i drachm Q 
" Cloves, 20 drachms. 
Extract Musk tree, J drachm. 

Mix the powders except the carmine together ; then 
add the carmine to a small quantity of the other powders 
and rub them together ; when this has been done suffi- 
ciently to blend them, add the remainder of the pow- 
der, mix the oil and the extract together, and gradually 



46 Recipes and Preparations 

add them to the powder; continue stirring them together 
until completely commingled. When completed this 
should be a very soft, delicate powder. Apply it as de- 
sired, either alone or by blending with white powder. 



ROUGE, " LIGHT SHADE." 

This recipe will make a light flesh-tinted powder. It 
will be very much admired for the natural hue it gives 
to the complexion ; that is to say, it will bestow on it 
a color resembling the natural color of the skin, which 
is possessed by a person enjoying the most highly 
prized gift of nature, " a fresh blooming complexion." 

Take 

Finely Pulv. Starch 4i ounces, 

" " prepared Chalk J ounce, 
Pure precipitated Chalk, 3 ounces, 

" Pulv. Carmine, 13 grains, 
•Oil Ylang Ylang, 10 drops, 

" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm, 
Extract Musk, 1 drachm, 

Mix the carmine and prepared chalk, and rub them 
together until finely pulverized ; then add the other 
powders ; then the oils and extract which should be pre- 
viously mixed ; stir together until thoroughly mixed. 
This powder gives very general satisfaction where a 
light colored rouge or tinted powder is wanted ; it is 
very soft, smooth and fine ; it gives to the skin a soft, 
velvoty appearance. 

Directions : Use as desired. 
Ladies using any of these preparations should not 
neglect to study the special directions and instructions 
•vhich are be found in the beginning of this book ; 



For Toilet and Household Use. 47 

these will give them important information in regard to 
the use of the various preparations. 



TOILET POWDERS. 

This class of preparations are especially adapted to 
the drying and cooling of the skin, when overheated, 
or moist from excessive perspiration, and relieve irrita- 
tion, itching, or soreness arising from chapping ; they are 
also very efficacious in preventing perspiration showing 
upon the face and skin. They will be found especially 
useful during hot weather, for they act like a charm in 
preventing excessive perspiration and redness of the face 
and hands, which are always so disagreeable and often 
very embarrassing to ladies. They may be used several 
times a day if required; and materially relieve the un- 
comfortable feeling of irritation and soreness, frequently 
experienced by persons who perspire excessively during 
hot weather. 

Do not allow these things to vex and exasperate the 
mind, but resort to the use of the alleviating prepara- 
tions here suggested, thereby- securing for yourself 
peace and contentment. 



VIOLET POWDER. 

The following recipe will make a violet toilet pow- 
der that is equal to any ; it is fine, soft and velvety, 
richly perfumed, lasting and fragrant. 

I cannot too often reiterate that all the materials 
used in making toilet powders should be pure and 



48 Recipes and Preparations 

fresh; all articles in powder must be the very finest 
pulverized; no other grade should be tolerated. 
Take 

Finely pulv. Arrow-root, 10 ounces. 
Pulv. Lycopodium, 2 " 

Finely pulv. Orris-root, 2 " 
Extract Violet, 2 drachms. 

" Musk, 1J " 

Oil Ceylon-Cinnamon true, 8 drops. 
" Lavender Flower, 12 " 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the powders together ; then add the extracts 
and oils ; rub them together until they are thoroughly 
incorporated. 

These powders should always be kept in closely cov- 
ered receptacles or wide-mouth bottles, well corked, to 
insure a highly pleasing odor. 

Directions for using. 

Always use puff in putting on toilet powders ; when 

they are used upon the face they may be rubbed on, 

or over, with soft cloth to even them. They may also 

be used with charming results upon the neck and arms. 



ROSE TOILET POWDER. 

This recipe makes a very elegant powder; there is 
always something very agreeable and pleasant about it, 
which makes it a favorite with a great many people. 

The simple and inexpensive ingredients may lead 
some to think that this preparation cannot be as good 
as those that are put up in small packages and sold in 
the stores. But no matter what powders, or by whom 
put up, there are none in the market that are superior 



For Toilet and Household Use. 49 

to those made from the recipes in this book. Try the 
preparations and prove it. 

When you have the recipes to make the preparations, 
you have what in most cases constitutes the largest part 
of the price paid for them. 



ROSE POWDER. 

Take 

Pulv. Corn-starch, 16 ounces. 

Finely Pulv. Fuller's Earth, 2 « 
White Talc, 2 " 

Otta Rose, 5 drops. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
Extract Musk, £ 

" Jockey Club, 1 " 
Prepare as follows : 

Mix the powders w^ell together; then add the extracts 
and oils gradually, and keep stirring until they are thor- 
oughly commingled ; use with puff as required. 



WHITE ROSE, 

TOILET AND NURSERY POWDERS. 

This recipe makes an elegant preparation. It is ex- 
ceedingly simple and has few superiors in allaying itch- 
ing and burning of the skin. It is entirely free from 
all roughness, and its purity should give it a place in 
every n'ursery, where close attention to this matter is 
imperative. 

Every mother ought to make it her special business 
to see that all things used there should be of the very 
purest quality. 

There is no way she can know that so well as by 

4 



50 Recipes and Preparations 

knowing the composition of the preparations used. 
The recipes will at once place the nature and character 
(A the materials before her, and enable her to accept or 
reject their use for herself and children ; this is the 
most important problem that the mother or nurse have 
to contend with. It certainly deserves and should have 
their careful consideration, and it can be handled very 
easily Ly making the preparations after the formulas in 
this book. 

To make the White Rose powder : 

Take 

Best Farina (finest powder), 16 ounces. 
Ottar Roses, 10 drops. 
Oil Ylang Ylang, 15 drops. 
" Sweet Orange, 1 drachm. 

Mix the oils and gradually add them to the farina, 
rubbing it together until thoroughly commingled. 

Directions. 
This powder may be used on children very freely, as 
well as on the skin of grown people, as often as re- 
quired. 



VIOLET POWDER, 

FOR THE TOILET OR NURSERY. 

This recipe makes a Violet powder. It has a positive 
attraction that none of the ordinary powders possess, 
and it has properties that are peculiar to its CQmbina- 
tion. It is very smooth and velvety, and has a most 
beautiful effect upon the skin. It relieves sunburn, 
heat and chafing. 



For Toilet and Household, Use* 51 

Take 

Pulv. Flor. Orris root, 2 ounces. 

" Corn-starch, 12 ounces. 

" Lycopodium, 1 ounce. 
Oil Neroli Petale, £ drachm. 

« (Wmon true, j ^ch 15 drops. 

" Bergamot, i drachm. 

" Lavender Flowers, £ drachm. 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the powders, then the oils together ; gradually 
add the oils to the powder and stir until they are well 
commingled. 

Directions. 

This powder maybe used as often as required. Dust 
it on with puff. 



VELVET TOILET POWDER. 

This is a very smooth, velvety powder. It produces 
a most beautiful effect upon the skin, and is especially 
nice to use in hot weather. 

Take 

Finely pulv. Arrow-root, 4 ounces. 
" " Corn-starch, 4 

" " Oxychlor. Bismuth, 2 drachms. 

" " Orris-root, 2 ounces. 

Oil Neroli Petale, 15 drops. 
" Rose Geranium, 12 drops. 
" Cloves, 4 drops. 
" Lemon, (fresh) 6 drops. 

Mix the powders and add the oils gradually ; the 
oils should be previously mixed. 

This powder may be used as required ; put it on with 
puff. 



52 Recipes and Preparations 

The recipes for making the toilet powders, provide 
for quite a quantitj^. A less quantity may be put up 
by using half or one quarter of the full amount, pre- 
serving always the proportions of the ingredients. 



VARIOUS PREPARATIONS 

FOR IMPROVING, PRESERVING AND BEAUTIFYING THE 
SKIN, ON THE HANDS, FACE, AND LIPS. 

Among these will be found formulas for making 
preparations in all the different forms desired for this 
purpose. I have endeavored to have the variety large 
enough to enable all to suit their taste or notion on 
this question, so that there will be no difficulty in 
selecting a preparation that it will not only be a 
pleasure to use, but from which also the most charming 
results will be obtained. 

In order to secure the very best effects from any of 
the preparations it must be remembered that only the 
very purest and freshest ingredients should be used in 
making them, and it always pays well to be very 
particular in applying or using any preparation of this 
character, for the results, to a certain extent, depend 
upon this. 



FRAGRANT BALM. 

This recipe will make an elegant preparation to use 
upon the skin. There is none superior or pleasanter to 
use. It allays irritation, itching, smarting, and cures 
chapped and rough skin at once. It imparts to the skin 



For Toilet and Household Use. 53 

a brilliant transparency which is pleasing and very 
much admired. 

Take 

Best Quince Seed, \ ounce. 
Pure Water, 7 ounces. 
Pure Glycerine, li ounce. 
Alcohol, 4J ounces. 
Salicylic Acid, 6 grains. 
Pure Carbolic Acid, 10 grains. 
Oil Bay Leaves, 10 drops. 

" Cloves, 5 drops* 

" Sweet Orange, 10 drops. 

" Winter-green, 8 " 

" Ottar-Rose, 2 drops. 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the Salicylic acid in the alcohol; then add 
the oils. Add the carbolic acid to the glycerine, shake 
together, and set these two mixtures to one side ; then 
digest the quince seed in the water for 24 hours; have 
it standing in a moderately warm place ; then strain it 
through cloth, using some pressure of the hand if ne- 
cessary, to bring it through the strainer. When this 
has been done nicely, add all together, shake well, and 
it is ready to use. Keep in bottle well corked. 

Directions for using. 

The best time to apply this preparation is at night 
before retiring. This holds good in relation to any 
preparation of this character, as it can then remain on 
all night without being disturbed. 

Of course it may be applied through the day several 
times if necessary. If a small quantity is put on the 
hands right after washing them, it will have a splendid 
effect. It should be rubbed on quick and hard in order 



54 Recipes and Preparations 

to get it into the pores of the skin well. If your skin 
is rough or badly chapped, do not fail to try this. It is 
a conceded fact that this preparation is not excelled by 
any for roughness of the skin. It is free from the 
greasy and sticky features that are so objectionable in 
a great many preparations. 



RUBY CREAM. 

FOR THE LIPS AND HANDS. 

This preparation will cure cracked and chapped lips 
or hands. It is almost a specific for cold sores. 

Take 

Rose Cosmoline, 3 ounces. 
Pulv. Camphor, 5 grains. 
Balsam Peru, 1J drachms. 
Pulv. Carmine, 8 grains. 
Oil Cinnamon Tree, 5 drops. 
" Anise Seed, 6 drops. 

The Carmine should be in a very fine powder ; add it 
to the cosmoline, then add all the other ingredients. 
When completed it will be a very fine creamy-like salve, 
of a handsome color and agreeable odor. 

Directions for using. 

For cracked or chapped lips, apply at night before 
retiring ;'*|tse the finger to put it on. It may be applied 
also through the day. Use it in the same way for cold 
sores. For chapped, cracked or rough hands it should 
be well rubbed on after bathing ; also apply and rub it 
on the hands just before retiring. It is a good plan to 
put on a pair of old gloves, to prevent soiling the 
linen, and to keep it well on the hands. It will soften 



For Toilet and Household Use. 55 

the skin and improve the appearance of the hands very 
much. What is more admired than a beautiful pair of 
hands — and what is more unsightly than hands which 
are rough, coarse, chapped, swollen and red, especially 
if these are ladies' hands ? The use of this cream occa- 
sionally will make the hands soft and white, and the 
skin smooth and velvety. 



GLYCERINE BALM FOR THE SKIN. 

This recipe will make a preparation different from 
most others. It is richly perfumed, and has other de- 
sirable features which makes it a very pleasant prepa- 
ration to use. 

Take 

Pure White Starch, pulv., I ounce. 

Water, 

Pure Glycerine, each 1 ounce 

Bay Rum, 2 drachms. 

Oil Bergamot, 8 drops. 

" Rose Geranium, 2 drops. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
" Cochineal Conip. i drachm. 

Mix the glycerine, water and starch ; place over a 
gentle fire ; heat very slowly ; keep stirring it all the 
time ; this must be done to prevent burning. When 
it becomes creamy and pasty, take it from the fire ; al- 
low it to become nearly cold, then stir in the extract 
cochineal, Jockey Club, bay rum and oils of bergamot 
and geranium. It is necessary to be very particular 
in making this preparation ; it must not be left on the 
fire for an instant after it is warm without being 



56 Recipes and Preparations 

stirred ; for just as sure as it is, it will certainly burn 
and be spoiled. 

If the instructions are followed a beautiful prepa- 
ration will result. 

Directions for Using. 

The best effect is produced by applying to the skin 
just after bathing and before drying it; rub the balm 
over the surface, then wipe dry with a towel. 

This may be done as often as required. It can also 
be used on the dry skin. 



COLD CREAM. 

This is a preparation that has been used by nearly 
everybody, and all know something about it. The fol- 
lowing recipe will make a cold cream which is not ex- 
celled by any ; it is pleasantly perfumed ; will not be- 
come rancid, as too many do ; above all, it is a very 
efficacious preparation, and soothing and healing to the 
skin: 

Take 

Spermaceti, J ounce. 
White Wax, i ounce. 
Rose Cosmoline, 1 ounce. 
Oil Sweet Almonds, 4 ounces. 
Rose Water, 3 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, 40 grains. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 20 drops. 

" Patchouly 6 drops. 

" Ylang Ylang, 6 drops. 

Prepare as Follows : 
Melt the spermaceti, wax and cosmoline, over a lit- 
tle fire. Dissolve the borax in the rose water, and 



For Toilet and Household Use. 57 

gradually add the solution to the almond oil. It 
should be agitated continually while adding it, the 
harder the better. After the oil, borax and water 
have become thoroughly incorporated and the mixture 
has a white, creamy or milky appearance ; and while 
the melted wax, sperm and cosmoline are still warm, add 
the two mixtures together, gradually stirring it all the 
time. It should be kept moderately warm. Then take 
off fire and keep stirring the whole until nearly cold, 
when the oils of the rose, geranium, patchouly and 
ylang ylang should be added and the mixture again be 
stirred very thoroughly for a few minutes. It should 
be, when complete, of a very rich, creamy appearance, 
and of a nice smooth consistence. When properly pre- 
pared this recipe will make an elegant cold cream. 

Directions. 
Apply to the parts affected several times a day, and 
just before retiring at night ; it may be used for all 
kinds of skin difficulties. 



GOLDEN CREAM. 

This recipe makes a preparation that is a specific for 
roughness, inflammation, soreness, chafing, and irrita- 
tion of the skin. 

There is a similarity between this and cold cream. 
Yet there is a vast difference in their character when 
completed. 

Take 

Oil Sweet Almonds, 1J ounce. 
Pure Yellow Bees-wax, 2 drachms. 
Spermaceti, i ounce. 
Rose-water, 2 drachms. 



58 Recipes and Preparations 

Rose Cosmoline, 1 ounce. 
Oil Cinnamon-true, 4 drops. 

" Bitter Almonds, 2 " 
Pulv. Winter-green, 10 " 
" Borax, 20 grains. 

Prepare as follows : 

Place the Bees-wax and spermaceti in a suitable dish ; 
place this oyer a gentle fire ; when they are nearly 
melted add the cosmoline ; allow them all to melt and 
unite ; this can be hastened by stirring it ; then take 
off from fire ; dissolve the borax in the rose-water and 
add it to the oil of sweet almonds, stirring it con- 
stantly while adding ; after it has been well mixed add 
the mixture to the melted wax, sperm, and cosmoline, 
very slowly ; stir briskly while it is being added ; when 
they are all thoroughly incorporated and nearly cold 
add the other oils ; mix them in well. Do not allow the 
melted wax, sperm, and cosmoline to get too cold 
and stiff before adding the rose-water, almond oil 
and borax mixture. If you do it will become hard and 
lumpy, which will necessitate its being placed over the 
fire just long enough to warm it through; then stir 
briskly for a short time, this will generally bring it out 
all right. 

When the Golden Cream is prepared properly, it 
makes a most beautiful preparation. It will keep any 
length of time. 

Directions for using. 

Apply at night before retiring. It may also be 
applied through the day. 

This cream may be used upon the most delicate 
skin with the most charming results. For softening 



For Toilet and Household Use. 59 

and beautifying the skin, it will be found in advance of 
all others. 



COMEDONE CREAM. 

This formula will make a preparation that is not 
excelled by any for removing blackheads pimples and 
blemishes of all kinds from the skin; it is of the highest 
advantage as an external application in connection 
with a blood purifier in eruptions on the skin of what- 
ever character. It will relieve and often effect a cure 
of the intense itching experienced by those having 
some form of the various skin diseases. 

I can safely say to those afflicted, it can do no harm, 
and may do good in your case, as it has in others ; give 
it a trial. 

Take 

Washed Sulphur, 1 ounce. 
Pulv. White Clay, 6 drachms. 
Pure Glycerine, 6 " 

Acetic Acid, 4 drachms. 
Oil Sandal Wood, i drachm. 
" Patchouly, 10 drops. 
" Bergamot, 30 " 
Mix the clay and sulphur with the glycerine and 
acetic acid; then add the oils and rub all together 
very thoroughly. 

Directions j 'or using. 

This should be applied at night with a fine moistened 
sponge ; put it on to the affected parts ; leave on over 
night, and wash off in the morning. 

If this treatment is persisted in, it rarely fails to 



60 Recipes and Preparations 

effect a cure of the most obstinate cases. It should be 
put on thick enough to form a light coating, but not 
too heavy. 



DERMAL CREAM. 

FOR CHAPPED HANDS, LIPS OR FACE. 

The following recipe will make a preparation that 
gives good results when most things fail. 
Take 
Rose Cosmoline, 2 ounces. 
Pure Carbolic Acid, 10 grains. 
Tincture Benzoin, plain, 2 drachms. 
Oil Cade, i drachms. 
" Sassafras, 15 drops. 
" Lemon, fresh, 10 drops. 
Prepare as follows : 

Mix all the ingredients well together ; to insure 
thorough mixing, it should be rubbed together in a 
mortar or on a pill tile. 

Directions for using. 

Apply to the parts affected. 

If used upon the hands, it should be applied after 
washing them ; also before retiring at night. 

After it has been applied and thoroughly rubbed in, 
put on a pair of old thread gloves over night. 



THE J. A. B. CREAM FROTH. 

FOR RENDERING THE SKIN SOFT, SMOOTH AND 
TRANSPARENT. 

This recipe will make a preparation which imparts a 
beautiful transparency to the skin. It leaves it smooth 
and velvety. It is a splendid preparation for roughness 



For Toilet and Household Use. 61 

of the skin. I have sold it for a long time with the 
utmost satisfaction. 

After it is used a short time its merits will be ap- 
preciated. 

Take 

Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces. 
Oil Sweet Almonds, 2 ounces. 
Liquor Potassa, 2 drachms. 
Rose Water, 2 ounces. 
Extract Musk (best), 1 drachm. 
Oil Winter-green, 15 drops. 

" Cloves, 10 drops. 

" Sassafras, 5 drops. 

" Neroli Petale, 5 drops. 

Prepare as follows : 

Add the liquor potassa to the oil almonds ; shake 
it thoroughly for a short time, then add the glycerine 
and other oils ; then give the mixture a lengthy shaking 
in order to thoroughly mix it : then add the extract 
musk and rose water and shake once more. 
Directions for using. 

It should always be well shaken before it is used. 

It may be applied several times a day, but it is best 
to use it just before retiring, as being on over night 
gives it a chance to take a hold. 

The surface of the skin should be well covered with 
it, and it should be rubbed on hard in order to get it 
into the pores ; in the morning it should be washed off 
and the skin rubbed gently with a soft towel. 



"EXCELSIOR BALM." 

FOR MAKING THE HANDS SOFT AND SMOOTH. 
It is surprising how this preparation will preserve 



62 Recipes and Preparations 

the hands and keep them free from all roughness. It 
is also just the thing needed by people who have their 
hands in and out of the water a great deal; it will 
positively keep them in fine condition. I speak with 
the full knowledge of its merits, for I have seen it used 
a number of years with gratifying results. 

Take 

Rose Water, 1 ounce. 

Pure Glycerine, 3 ounces. 

Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 

Bay Rum, 5 ounces. 

Pure Carbolic Acid, 20 grains. 

Extract Heliotrope, 1% drachm. 

" Vanilla, pure, li drachm. 
Oil Sandal Wood, 10 drops. 

Dissolve the borax in the glycerine by agitating it; 
then add bay rum, rose water, carbolic acid, extracts 

and oil. 

Directions for using. 

Keep the excelsior balm convenient to where you 
are in the habit of bathing the hands ; after washing 
and before drying them pour a small quantity of it into 
the palm of the hand and rub it over the hands thor- 
oughly; then dry carefully with towel. It is very 
necessary they should be completely dried after using 
the Balm and before exposing them to the weather. It 
may also be put on at night before retiring. 



"CARBOLIZED GLYCERINE AND ROSE 

WATER." 

This preparation really needs no introduction to a 
great many people, for it has been used by them for a 



For Toilet and Household Use. 63 

long time and its merits as a preparation for the pres- 
ervation and improvement of the skin are well known. 
But to those that have not used the combination I 
would suggest that they give it a trial and thus test its 
excellence. 

Take 

Pure Glycerine, 
Rose Water, 
Alcohol, each 1 ounce. 
Pure Carbolic Acid, 25 grains. 
Extract Heliotrope, li drachm. 
" Jockey Club, li drachm. 

Mix the glycerine and carbolic acid together ; then 
add the alcohol and rose water, shake well, add the 
extracts -, then shake all together. 

Directions for using. 

Apply with finger lightly to parts affected ; when 
used upon the hands apply after washing them, and at 
night before retiring, rub it on very thoroughly; then 
cover the hands with old thread gloves. 

This treatment will relieve and cure very bad cases 
of chapped or cracked skin on the hands. 

If it should smart too much reduce with a small 
amount of water. 



"HAND POWDER." 

COMPOUND ALMOND POWDER, FOE, MAKING THE 
HANDS WHITE, SOFT, AND SMOOTH. 

This recipe will make a preparation that has the 
property of making the hands all that could be desired. 



64 Recipes and Preparations 

Take 

Fine Almond Meal, 4 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, 6 drachms. 
" Orris-root, 2 ounces. 
" Pumice Stone, 6 drachms. 
Oil Bitter Almonds, 8 drops. 
" Sassafras, 10 drops. 

Mix the powders thoroughly and add the oils ; stir 
together till they are well mixed. 

Directions for using. 

This powder may be used very freely on the hands 
just after bathing them; while they are still wet rub 
on long enough to dry them ; then brush surplus pow- 
der off. Or it may be used as a soap powder, to wash 
the hands ; rubbing real hard with it, then rinse off 
and dry them with towel. This powder may also be 
used to good advantage on the neck and arms. 



"COMPOUND ORRIS POWDER." 

This is another preparation used very satisfactorily 
for whitening and softening the hands, and for making 
the skin soft and transparent. Its use will improve 
and beautify the hands and complexion. 

In some respects it is superior to the Compound 
Almond Powder, although they are both excellent 
combinations and will no doubt be very much liked 
when their merits become known. 

Take 

Pulv. Flor Orris-root, 8 ounces. 
" Bicarbonate Soda, 1 ounce. 
" Corn Meal, 3 ounces. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 65 

Ess. Oil Bitter Almonds, 8 drops. 
" Rose Geranium, 20 drops. 
" Nutmegs, 20 drops. 

Mix: the powders; then gradually add the oils, and 
mix all thoroughly together. 

These hand powders should be kept in wide bottles, 
well corked. 

Directions for using. 

Keep it convenient to where the hands are washed ; 
before drying take enough of the powder in the hands 
to rub it all over them thoroughly. Keep on rubbing 
till the water has been taken up and the hands are 
dry ; then rinse them off with tepid water, after which 
dry them with a soft towel. 

This powder can also be used upon the face, neck 
and arms, in same way as above, or it may be put on 
in a dry state and the skin well rubbed with it. 



CHAFING POWDER. 

This preparation will prevent and cure chafing and 
excessive perspiration. There are very few things that 
give more trouble than these to many persons. 

It is also an excellent toilet powder, and has a sooth- 
ing effect upon the skin, which makes it very agree- 
able to use. 

Take 

Pulv. White Talcum, 6 ounces. 
" Lycopodium, 1 ounce. 
" Starch, 2 ounces. 
Oil Sweet Orange, i drachm. 
" Rose Geranium, i drachm. 
5 



66 Recipes and Preparations 

" Lavender Flowers, 15 drops. 
" Peppermint, 5 drops. 
" Sassafras, 3 drops. 

Mix the powders together; then add the oils and 
rub them together until they are thoroughly mixed. 

Directions for using. 

Apply powder with puff. Dust it on freely to the 
parts affected. To prevent chafing and soreness, 
simply dust this powder on with puff to the different 
parts. This will effectually prevent it. It is also very 
cooling to the overheated skin. This may be relieved 
by dusting the powder over the surface. It will fre- 
quently allay irritation and itching of the skin by 
dusting it on to the affected parts. 



LOTIONS. 

Under this head Will be found lotions of various 
kinds, with full instructions for their uses and pur- 
poses. The recipes for making the different prepara- 
tions are all thoroughly reliable, and will produce 
effects which are not to be surpassed. 

THE RHODA CREAM LOTION, 

FOR SOFTENING, WHITENING, AND BEAUTIFYING THE 

SKIN. 

This recipe makes a preparation which is truly an 
elegant one to use, and the effects will please. 

Take 

Tincture Benzoin, plain, 
Tincture Myrrh, each 25 drops. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 67 

Glycerine, pure, 2 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Extract Heliotrope, 2 drachms. 
" White Rose, 2 drachms. 
Plain Water, 14 ounces. 

Dissolve the borax in the glycerine ; add the water 
to it; then slowly drop in the benzoin and myrrh, 
(they should be mixed beforehand,) stirring it all the 
time ; next add the extracts and shake well together. 
This should be put into a pint bottle and kept well 
corked. 

Directions. 

Apply to the skin with a fine soft sponge, night and 
morning ; let it dry on and remain there over night ; 
and when it is applied in the morning it may be 
washed off during the day. 

A small quantity of this lotion added to the bath 
water will impart to it a very agreeable odor, and ren- 
der the skin soft and fragrant. 



SHAVING LOTION, 

FOE, GENTLEMEN TO USE AFTER SHAVING, TO PRE- 
VENT THE FACE CHAPPING, AND TO CLEAR 
UP THE SKIN. 

This recipe makes a very superior preparation for 
the face after shaving ; it will positively prevent its 
becoming sore It imparts a very cooling, soothing 
sensation to the tender skin, and is just the thing to 
use during warm weather. 



68 Recipes and Preparations 

Take 

Rose Water, 2 ounces. 
Pure Alcohol, 4 ounces. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Comp. Spirits Lavender, 1 drachm. 
Extract Jockev Club. / tt» i o i i 
Extract Ylang Ylang. j Eacla 2 dra <*ms. 
Pure Water, 8 ounces. 
Dissolve the borax in the glycerine; add the rose 
water, alcohol and other ingredients ; shake well to- 
gether. 

Directions. 

Apply just the same as bay rum. 



THE "RHODA" TOILET LOTION. 

For rendering the skin soft, smooth and transparent ; 
for allaying smarting, burning and itching of the skin ; 
to relieve the pain and smarting of sunburns ; to cure 
roughness of the skin, resulting from exposure or from 
the use of impure soaps ; to relieve and cure Salt 
Rheum. It may also be used for any of the various 
skin diseases with benefit. Apply it to the skin or 
surface of the body. 

Take 

Oil Sweet Almonds, li ounce. 
Very best Glycerine, 2J ounces. 
Alcohol, 4 ounces. 
Ess. Oil Bitter Almonds, 12 drops. 
Oil Cinnamon Tree, 5 drops. 
Oil Sweet Orange, 1 drachm. 
Extract Musk, 1 drachm. 

Mix the glycerine with the oil of sweet almonds ; 



For Toilet and Household Use. 69 

shake together very thoroughly until it becomes 
creamy ; then add the other oils and extract musk, and 
give it a good shaking : then add the alcohol and shake 
once more ; it will then be ready for use. 
Directions for using. 
Shake well ; apply the lotion to the parts affected, 
with either the fingers or soft piece of cloth; rub it on 
hard in order to get it into the pores of the skin. It 
should be applied two or three times a day and before 
retiring at night. When used upon the hands it should 
be applied right after washing them, and before drying 
them pour a small quantity in palm of the hand and 
rub over the hands while they are still moist. Keep 
rubbing until the hands are nearly dry, then wipe them 
thoroughly with a dry towel. If necessary, apply to 
the hands at night before retiring, without washing 
them ; then slip on a pair of old gloves (thread is the 
best); this will prevent soiling the linen. For use 
upon the skin anywhere else, apply several times a day ; 
also at night ; rub it in well each time. 



THE CREAM LOTION, 

FOE, ALLAYING IRRITATION, REDNESS AND ROUGHNESS 

OF THE HANDS, FACE, AND OF THE SURFACE 

OF THE SKIN GENERALLY. 

The following recipe is one I have used a number of 
years in making this lotion. It will make an extra fine 
and efficacious preparation, containing as it does the 
healing and soothing properties of glycerine and pure 
olive oil, combined in such a manner that the very 
best effects are obtained from it. 



70 Recipes and Preparations 

It is very pleasantly perfumed. It does not excite 
or inflame the skin, as some lotions do, but soothes and 
allays all inflammation and irritation. 

It is also a very superior remedy for removing tan, 
sunburn, or discolorations from the skin. It can be 
used anywhere that a soothing and healing lotion is 
required, with the very best results. 

Take 

Purest fresh Olive Oil, i ounce. 
" " Glycerine, li ounce. 

" " Alcohol, 2 ounces. 

Liquor Potassa, 10 drachms. 
Oil Cloves, 10 drops. 
" Lavender Flowers, 20 drops. 
" Patchouly, 8 drops. 
" Sandal Wood 15 " 

Prepare as follows : 

Add the liquor potassa to the olive oil and shake 
them thoroughly; then add the glycerine, and continue 
shaking until the mixture becomes very milky and 
creamy ; then add the other oils, and again shake well ; 
then add the alcohol. Complete by giving it a brisk 
shaking up. 

Directions for using. 

Always shake the lotion well before using it. It 
should be applied to the parts affected with the hand 
or finger; rub it on thoroughly, except when used upon 
the face; then it should be applied with a soft cloth 
and allowed to dry on ; it may be rubbed in very 
gently. The best time to apply it to the face is before 
retiring. Let it remain on all night and wash it off 
in the morning. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 71 

THE COMPLEXION LOTION. 

FOR REMOVING BLEMISHES FROM THE FACE. 

This preparation produces wonderful effects on 
some skins ; it frequently has cleared up a badly 
blemished complexion when all other things have failed. 
It has a very agreeable odor ; it is nice to use in hot 
weather, as it imparts a very fresh and agreeable odor 
to the skin, and has a cooling effect upon it. It is an 
excellent preparation for relieving sunburn, and other 
smarting and burning conditions of the skin. 
Take 

Pulv. Muriate Ammonia, 1 drachm. 
" Sulphite Sodium, 2 drachms. 
" Borax, 2 drachms. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Water, 2 ounces. 
Tinct. Tolu, 1 drachm. 
Plain Water, 13 ounces. 
Dissolve the borax, ammonia, and soda in the water ; 
add the glycerine, cologne water, and tincture tolu. 

Directions for using. 
Apply to the face several times a day and at night ; 
allow it to dry on each time. Use a sponge or soft 
cloth in putting it on. 

FRECKLES ON THE SKIN. 

There is probably nothing more annoying, or which 
causes more chagrin than those troublesome little spots 
upon the face and neck commonly called freckles. Some 
people who happen to be affected with them imagine 
that impertinent observers have their eyes riveted upon 
these disfigurements, although generally there is noth- 



72 Recipes and Preparations 

ing in it but imagination. To assist these "unfortunate 
people, I will place here a few recipes, through which 
I hope to give relief to those who feel that freckles 
are a blemish. With the preparations made after these 
recipes the skin can be made very clear and the com- 
plexion materially improved. There are many who 
will appreciate these recipes very much. 



FRECKLE ERADICATOR. 

Take 

Sulpho. Carbolate Zinc, 1 drachm. 
Rose Water, 3J ounces. 
Pure Glycerine, i ounce. 
Extract Jockey Club, 1 drachm. 

Dissolve the sulpho. carbolate zinc in the rose 

water ; add the glycerine and extract ; then shake all 

well together. 

Directions. 

Apply to the parts affected night and morning, with 
a soft, small sponge. 

This treatment must often be persisted in a long 
time ; so don't get easily discouraged, and give up ; but 
persevere until you have tried it a sufficient time. If it 
then fails, try the following preparation. 



THE OCCIDENT FRECKLE LOTION. 

This recipe makes one of the very best preparations 
for the speedy cure and removal of tan and freckles on 
the skin. 

The propriety of having the corrosive sublimate in 
the preparation might be questioned by some as a 



For Toilet and Household Use. 73 

harsh remedy. But the amount used is so small that 
there can no possible danger arise from it. When it is 
properly used there is nothing to compare with it in 
satisfactory results, without in any way producing ill 
effects. 

If those afflicted with freckles are desirous of getting 
rid of them, I would advise them to begin early the use 
of this preparation. 

Take 

Tincture Benzoin plain, 10 drops. 
Corrosive Sublimate, 4 grains. 
Pure Glycerine, 2 drachms. 
Peppermint Water, 1 ounce. 
Pure Drop Chalk, £ ounce. 
Orange Flower Water, li ounce. 
Plain Water, 6 ounce. 
Alcohol, 1 ounce. 

Dissolve the corrosive sublimate in the alcohol ; then 
add the water and other ingredients ; the tincture ben- 
zoin should be put in last. 

The effects of this lotion are truly wonderful ; remov- 
ing all blemishes and clearing the skin in a most 
remarkable manner. 

This proportion should be marked POISON on ac- 
count of containing the corrosive sublimate. 

Directions for the usinff the Occident Lotion : — Apply 
to the affected parts lightly with soft sponge or cloth, 
night and morning; allow it to dry on. After using 
this lotion for a time, the skin will show signs of 
becoming rough and peeling off ; the use of the lotion 
should then be discontinued until the old skin comes off 
and new is formed. If the blemishes, tan, pimples and 
freckles still are present use the lotion a second time : 



14: llecipes and Preparations 

follow the treatment just the same as many times as 
may be necessary to produce the desired effect ; always 
leave off applying it when the skin becomes rough and 
begins to peal off, if this preparation is used occasion- 
ally it will keep the skin in a clear condition and entirely 
free from these objectionable blemishes. 

It must however be remembered that the Occident 
Lotion is not designed to be used regularly ; it will 
make the face sore if used too long; it is only intended 
to be used for a short period. 



THE FRECKLE LOTION. 

This recipe will makes a preparation for removing 
freckles and tan which is very much milder than the 
preceding lotion. It is just the thing for people to use 
who have a very tender skin. It is a very efficacious 
remedy, and in a great many cases serves the purpose 
better than the more powerful Occident Lotion. Of 
course there are cases that require an extra strong 
remedy. But where a milder one will serve the pur- 
pose use the following. 

Take 

Pure Gran. Muriate Ammonia, 3 drachms. 
" " Sulphate Zinc, 20 grains. 

" Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms*. 
Pure Water, 14 ounces. 
Dissolve the ammoniac and zinc in the water; add 
the glycerine and jockey club; shake well together. 

Directions for using: — This lotion may be applied 
with a small sponge or soft cloth several times thrc 



For Toilet and Household Use, 75 

the day and at night before retiring it should be applied 
very thoroughly. Allowing it to dry on the skin each 
time after putting on, will enhance its effects. 



PIMPLE LOTION. 

This recipe makes a preparation that will remove 
those disagreeable blotches that disfigure the faces of 
some people and which are a source of mortification to 
them. There are few things which are more displeasing 
to the eye than to see a young lady or gentleman, with 
the face and forehead all covered with ugly looking 
blotches, red pimples, and little pustules. It generally 
embarrasses the unfortunate person greatly. 

The following preparations will usually afford relief 
when used in connection with some good constitutional 
treatment. There is nothing that serves the purpose bet- 
ter than one of the blood purifiers, for which recipes are 
to be found in this book; when the applications fail to 
produce the desired results, or during their use, take 
regularly some good constitutional medicine. 

The pimple lotion is made as follows 2 

Take 

Iodide Potassa, 3 drachms. 

Camphor Water, 3 ounces. 

Cologne " i " 

Peppermint " 1 " 

Rose " 1J " 

Spirits Lavender Comp., 1 drachm. 

Dissolve the iodide potassa in the rose water; add 
the peppermint water, camphor water, cologne water 
and spirits lavender ; shake well together. 



76 Recipes and Preparations 

Directions. — Apply with soft sponge or cloth three 
or four times a day and at night before retiring ; allow 

it to dry on after each application. 



LOTION, 

FOB TREATING PRICKLY HEAT. 

The following recipe makes a preparation which I 
have found generally efficacious in relieving and curing 
this most distressing complaint. I have seen extra good 
results from its use in some very severe cases. 

Take 

Pure Alcohol, 1 ounce. 
" Glycerine, 1 ounce. 

Pulv. Camphor, 10 grains. 

Pure Carbolic Acid, 10 grains. 

Peppermint Water, 2 ounces. 

Extract Jockey Club, i drachm. 
Dissolve the camphor in the alcohol ; add the car- 
bolic acid and glycerine ; then shake well, and add the 
peppermint water and extract jockey club; shake all 
together. 

Directions for using : — This lotion should be applied 
slightly to the affected parts several times a day, vary- 
ing according to the severity and condition of the 
complaint. 



LOTION, 

OF HONEY AND BORAX. 

For roughness of the skin, this preparation is very 



For Toilet and Household Use. 77 

much admired by some people. It is also an excellent 
remedy for tan and sunburn; it is a very simple and 
yet effective combination. I have prepared it many 
times for those who found it very beneficial. 

It works like a charm in relieving and curing some 
cases of sore mouth ; it is perfectly harmless ; it can 
therefore be used anywhere on any kind of abrasions. 

Take 

Pure Strained Honey, 1J ounce. 
Pulv. Borax, 1 ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, li ounce. 
Ext. White Rose, 2 drachms. 
Pure Water, 12 ounces. 

Dissolve the borax in the honey ; then add the gly- 
cerine ; shake well together ; then add the ext. white 
rose and water ; then shake well together. 

Directions for using. — When this lotion is used for 
sore mouth, the latter must be thoroughly rinsed and 
washed with it. When used upon the surface for 
roughness, irritation, or any other purpose, it may be 
applied in the most convenient way several times a day 
and before retiring at night. It also answers for a 
great many purposes, especially when a soothing, heal- 
ing application is wanted. 



Recipes and Preparations 



PART II. 

PREPARATIONS FOR THE TEETH. 

It is said that " cleanliness is next to godliness." It 
certainly behooves us to give heed to this golden 
proverb. 

It is a conceded fact that good health depends upon 
cleanliness, and where is this necessity more apparent 
than in the mouth ? Therefore everybody should use 
some good dentrifrice to keep the teeth and mouth in 
a clean condition, preserve and beautify the teeth, 
cleanse and sweeten the mouth and breath, and pro- 
mote health, happiness and beauty. 

I have appended a number of recipes for making 
preparations for the teeth, which will compare with 
any made, and surpass the majority of them. 

This will enable everybody to select a preparation 
for the teeth in either the powder, liquid or paste 
form. All of the formulas will make meritorious prep* 
arations ; they will surely prove very satisfactory on 
being used. 

As tastes differ so much in relation to the use of a 
preparation of this character, it will be necessary for 
each person to select the particular form and character 
of the dentifrice, from the large number of recipes I 
have introduced in this treatise. 

Directions and instructions for using Dentifrices : — ■ 
Tooth powders cannot be prescribed daily as a strict 
rule. Conditions vary greatly ; it must therefore be left 
to the judgment of each individual, just how often to 



For Toilet and Household Use. 79 

use the powder. In some cases every day, in others from 
one to four or five times a week is sufficient. 

In using tooth powders always moisten the brush 
thoroughly in pure water; then put on some of the 
powder and apply to the teeth and gums in such quan- 
tity as may be necessary to thoroughly cleanse them. 

It is comparatively an easy matter to keep the teeth 
in a nice condition, and to have them look white and 
clean. There is no way this can be done better than 
by the use of the preparations for the, teeth to be made 
from the recipes in this book. As thq teeth of different 
persons require such different treatment, it is a very 
difficult matter to lay down a set of rules that will be 
suitable for all. Therefore the character of the prep 
arations used for their preservation and for improving 
and beautifying them must necessarily vary greatly. 
Each person must, to a certain extent, be his own doc- 
tor, in selecting and using a dentifrice. Every per- 
son's taste has a very large influence in deciding what 
kind of a preparation to employ. Use those prepara- 
tions that seem to be the best adapted to each individ- 
ual case. If it is a powder, it should be used by first 
moistening the tooth brush in pure water ; then put on 
the brush some of the powder and thoroughly brush 
the teeth; give to the brush an up and down motion 
over the teeth. After repeating this several times, 
change the operation by moving the brush back and 
forth over the teeth. When this has been done (not 
harshly but gently) several times, rinse the mouth with 
pure water. 

In most instances it is proper to clean the teeth 
often, but do not brush too hard, and use a moderately 
soft brush. 



80 Mecijies and Preparations 

The care of the teeth should be carefully attended to. 
The proper use of a good dentifrice, such as can be 
made from the recipes following, will preserve the teeth 
to old age. It only requires a little time to see to them, 
and yet how many people allow them to become 
decayed, and finally have to lose them, whereas, if they 
had given them proper attention and care they would 
have had their natural teeth in a healthy condition for 
a good many years. 

The directions and instructions for using tooth prep- 
arations in liquid and paste forms will be found under 
the recipes for making them. 

Tooth powder should be kept in bottles tightly 
corked in order to preserve their aroma. When the 
quantity of powder is small, this may seem unneces- 
sary; but it is decidedly better to keep it tightly 
covered in either a box or bottle. 



THE UNEXCELLED TOOTH POWDER. 
This recipe will make a tooth powder that has no 
superior for cleansing, preserving and beautifying the 
teeth, or for hardening the gums, and perfuming the 
breath. It is very much admired by people who have 
tried its wonderful merits. It will completely arrest 
the progress of decay in the teeth and strengthen the 
gums when they are tender. 

Take 

Pulv. Drop Chalk, ) h 4 

" Precipitated Chalk, \ eacn * ounces - 
" Cuttle Bone, li ounce. 

Heavy Calcined Magnesia, \ ounce. 



For Toilet and Household Use* 81 

Pulv. Borax, i drachm. 

u Carmine, 20 grains. 

" Myrrh, J ounce. 

" Orris-Root, 2 ounces. 

" White Castile Soap, 3 ounces. 
Oil Cinnamon, i drachm. 
" Anise, i drachm. 
" Cloves, i drachm. 
" Wintergreen, i drachm. 
u Peppermint, 4 drachm. 

The powdered ingredients must be in the finest pow- 
der; they should all be mixed together with the excep- 
tion of the carmine ; this should be added to a small 
part of the mixed powder, and fully incorporated ; then 
add the remainder of the powder and mix all together 
until the carmine is thoroughly commingled ; then add 
the oils gradually. 

The powder should be stirred well during the time 
the oils are being added. 

Use by moistening the tooth brush in pure water; 
then put on some of the powder and thoroughly cleanse 
the teeth with it. 



AROMATIC TOOTH POWDER. 

This is an exceedingly fine powder for the teeth and 
gums ; it will be noticed that it is somewhat different 
from the general run of tooth powders. As a pre- 
server and beautifier of the teeth, this powder stands 
at the head of all aromatic tooth preparations.. 
By its aromatic and odorizing influences it renders the 
mouth sweet and gives to the breath a delightfully 
refreshing perfume, making it a pleasure to your asso- 



O 1 



Recipes and Preparations 



elates. What is more offensive and disagreeable than 
a bad breath? And it is generally caused by the teeth 
being in a bad condition through negligence. 

The use of this preparation will soon overcome that ; 
for it will preserve the teeth, arrest decay, and harden 
the gums. 

Take 

Pulv. Cinnamon (best quality). 

Jamaica Ginger, ) i -» 

, n B \ each t ounce. 

Gloves, ) 

Nutmegs, ) 

Gum Myrrh, > each 2 drachms. 

Cardamon Seeds, ) 

Pure Drop Chalk, j each g o 

Flor Orris Root, \ 

White Sugar, 4 ounces. 

White Castle Soap, 2 ounces. 

Oil Peppermint, 20 drops. 

" Anise Seed, i drachm. 

The powdered ingredients must be the finest pul- 
verized j mix them together very thoroughly ; then add 
the oils gradually, and mix all together until they are 
commingled. 

Directions for using. — This powder should be used 
with a medium brushy not too hard, and yet not too 
soft ; moisten it well with pure water ; then put on a 
small amount of powder and apply to the teeth. Use 
it every one, two or three days, as may be necessary to 
keep the teeth and gums in a good healthy condition. 



THE "WHITE" TOOTH POWDER. 

This recipe makes a tooth powder equal to any all 
wjiite tooth powder made. It is a recipe that I hav§ 



For Toilet and Household Use. 83 

used for a great many years for making a white tooth 
powder, and it became very popular under a name 
that was given to it, which, however, did not disclose 
the originator. I do positively assert that this prepara- 
tion will give excellent satisfaction. It has been used 
for years by thousands of people and prescribed by 
prominent dentists, to all of whom it gave very satis- 
factory results. It can be made for less than it takes 
to buy it when prepared and sold in small bottles. If 
you wish a first-class all white tooth powder do not 
hesitate to have this recipe put up. It will justify my 
praise. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 8 ounces. 

" Pulv. White Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 

" " White Sugar, 2 ounces. 

" " Bicarbonate Soda, J ounce. 
Oil Wintergreen, 2 drachms. 

Mix the Powder very thoroughly; then gradually 
add the oil and mix still more to insure complete com- 
mingling. 

Directions. — This powder may be used just as often 
as desired. It will preserve, improve and beautify the 
teeth, harden the gums, perfume the breath, and keep 
the mouth sweet. 



PEARL TOOTH POWDER, 

This recipe also makes an extra dentifrice for pre- 
serving the teeth and hardening the gums. 

Take 

Pulv« Drop Chalk, 12 ounces. 



84 Recipes and Preparations 

Pulv. White Sugar, 4 ounces. 
" Flor Orris-root, 2 ounces. 
" White Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 
" Gum Myrrh, 2 drachms. 
44 Peruvian Bark, 2 drachms. 
Salicylic Acid, 20 grains. 
Oil Wintergreen, 4 drachms. 
Directions. — Mix the powders all together ; then add 
the oil gradually; keep stirring until it is all very 
thoroughly mixed. 

This is a very superior powder for the teeth ; it may 
be used just as required. 



THE "FRANKLIN" TOOTH POWDER. 

Some people that have used this powder think very 
highly of it. It has some features which are not found 
in a great many tooth powders ; it has proved itself to 
have properties for preserving, improving and beautify- 
ing the teeth that are very much admired by those who 
have used it. 

Take 

Pulv. Flor Orris-root, 8 ounces. 
" White Sugar, 5 ounces. 
" Drop Chalk, 6 ounces. 
44 White Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 
44 Cochineal, 2 drachms. 
44 Pure Cream Tartar, J ounce. 
Oil Peppermint, 20 drops. 
44 Wintergreen, 
44 Anise, each 1 drachm. 

Mix the powders all together ; the cochineal must be 
very finely pulverized ; mix the oils together and add 
them to a small quantity of the powder and mix thor- 



For Toilet and Household Use. 85 

mghly; then add the remainder of the powder and 
tir together until all are well mixed. 
This powder may be used just as required. 



WHITE ROSE TOOTH POWDER. 

This dentifrice has some very desirable features and 
an be classed among the very best. It will impart a 
lelightfui taste to the mouth; remove all tartar and 
mpurities from the teeth and completely arrest the 
progress of decay; it will also whiten and beautify 
them and strengthen and harden the gums. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 7 ounces. 
Pulv. Sugar of Milk, 3 ounces. 
" Bicarbonate Soda, J ounce. 
" Cuttle Bone, 2 ounces. 
"• White Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 
Otta of Roses, 4 drops. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 25 drops. 
" Sassafras, | drachm. 

Mix the powders thoroughly ; add the oils gradually 
and rub together until they are fully commingled. 

This elegant powder may be used just as required. 
See Directions and Instructions. 

Making the different tooth powders will not require 
any great amount of experience. Anybody will be 
able to do it with the plain instructions for each of the 
recipes. It is only necessary to buy the materials 
wanted; most generally the different powders will be 
put together by the druggist of whom you buy them ; 
and so also will the different oils. If convenient use 
a fine sieve in mixing them according to the instruc- 



86 Recipes and Preparations 

tions under each recipe ; it can be done with a small 
amount of labor. Place a clean sheet of paper upon 
the table; place the sieve on it; put the powder into 
the sieve and run it through ; then add the oils to the 
powder ; stir it with a long knife while the oil is being 
added ; then run through the sieve a sufficient number 
of times to thoroughly mix everything together. This 
process carried out will make tooth powder as well as 
it can be made by any practical person, who might 
perhaps manipulate the components a little differently, 
but after all would produce no better combination. 



ELEGANT SAPONACEOUS TOOTH POWDER. 

This recipe makes a dentifrice which is similar to 
the all white tooth powder sold in boxes or bottles, and 
frequently in bulk by the quantity. 

This formula makes an all white powder which is 

equal to any of them ; there is actually no better than 

that made by following recipe : 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, ) , ,, 
« Pulv. Drop Chalk, J each 4 ounces. 

" White Sugar, 3 ounces. 
" Cuttle Bone, 1 " 
" White Castile Soap, 2i ounces. 
" Borax i ounce. 
Oil Wintergreen, 2 drachms. 
4 Sassafras, J drachm. 
Mix the powders together; then add the oils gradu- 
ally, and rub them together until they are thoroughly 
commingled. 

This powder may be used every day or as often as it 
is required to keep the teeth all right. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 87 

CAMPHORATED TOOTH POWDER. 

This recipe makes a tooth powder which is perhaps 
less used than some of the other kinds. 

This of course does not make it an inferior powder ; 
it is largely due to its not being so wellknown as some 
of the other preparations, an 1 to the fact that some 
people object to the odor of camphor. It is, however, 
a very efficacious dentifrice, and is often preferred to 
any other. 

It certainly will keep the teeth in good condition 
and give the mouth a very fresh, healthy taste. 

Take 

Pure Precipitated Chalk, 4 ounces. 
Pulv. White Castile Soap, 1 ounce. 

" Camphor Gum, i ounce. 

" White Sugar, 1 ounce. 

The camphor used here must be very finely pulver- 
ized; then mix the powders all together until they are 
thoroughly commingled. 

Directions for using. — Apply it just the same as any 
of the other tooth powders. 



PREPARATIONS FOR THE TEETH 
IN LIQUID FORM. 

The market is overflowing with a great many differ- 
ent preparations for the teeth in liquid form under all 
manner of names which are being lauded as new dis- 
coveries for which wonderful claims are made. 

Of course this should be taken with a little allowance, 
there will be no difficulty whatever for anybody who 
has this book to make a preparation in the liquid form, 



88 Recipes and Preparations 

or any other, which will in every way be equal and 
probably superior to any of them. 

This class of dentifrices are designed to be used as 
a wash for the teeth, gums and mouth, and may, there- 
fore, be used quite freely and frequently, or at least 
once every day; they will help to preserve the teeth 
by removing all injurious substances from them ; and 
restore or keep the gums in a healthy state by the heal- 
ing and soothing properties they possess. Above all 
they are very pleasant to use. They will give to the 
mouth and breath an agreeable and lasting odor, A 
little used upon a soft brush on the teeth and gums 
after meals will leave a very pleasant, sweet taste in 
the mouth ; and remove any substance that may have 
lodged between or on the teeth. This is indispensable 
after eating; otherwise such substances will become 
foul, and undergo decomposition, by which the teeth 
will suffer and become affected, causing decay and final 
loss of them. 



THE ARCADIAN DENTIFRICE. 

A VERY SUPERIOR PREPARATION IN LIQUID FORM. 

I desire to call particular attention to this recipe; it 
is a preparation for the teeth that I have put up a great 
many times for friends who have always pronounced it 
one of the very finest they ever used. I positively 
know that it is an effective and delighfully pleasant 
preparation to use. 

I would suggest to those that have been in the habit 
of buying some of the expensive preparations, to give 
this one a trial. I feel confident that if they do so, they 
will be convinced that it is unsurpassed. Above all, 



For Toilet and Household Use. 89 

they will have a full knowledge of its constituents, 
which is a matter of considerable satisfaction to every- 
body who uses any of the various preparations for the 
teeth. To make the Arcadian — 
Take 

Ground Soap Bark, i ounce. 
Red Castile Soap, 2 drachms. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Pulv. Cochineal, 10 grains* 
Alcohol, 4 ounces. 
Pure Glycerine, 4 ounces. 
Pure Water, 8 " 

Oil Cinnamon true, ) 
" Anise seed, > each 6 drops. 
" Wintergreen, ) 
u Sassafras, ) 
" Cloves, > each 6 drops. 

" Peppermint, ) 

Cut the Castile soap in small pieces, and put all the 
ingredients in a bottle for eight days; shake it 
thoroughly once or twice each day; at the end of the 
eight days strain it through a fine cloth, or pour it off 
without disturbing the sediment* 

The appearance of the Arcadian can be improved 
greatly by filtering it through paper instead of strain- 
ing or pouring off. Filtering paper can be had at any 
drug-store. 

Directions for using : — Saturate the tooth brush with 
pure water ; then pour on a small quantity of the 
Arcadian Dentifrice, and brush the teeth thoroughly 
until they are well cleaned. If one application proves 
insufficient, repeat the operation until the desired re- 
sult is obtained; then rinse the mouth with pure 
water. 



90 Recipes and Preparations 

THE "IOKAH." 

FOE, THE TEETH. 

This recipe also makes a beautiful preparation for 
the teeth ; it will improve, preserve and beautify them, 
and give to the mouth and breath a delightful aroma, 
and a fresh healthy feeling which is very much appre- 
ciated. It seems to tone up the gums and leave the 
mouth in a healthy state. 

Take 

Pure White Castile Soap, i ounce. 

" Glycerine, 2 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, 6 ounces. 
Pure Water, 8 ounces. 
Tincture Cochineal, plain, 1 drachm. 
Oil Anise Seed, ) , iA -, 

« Sassafras, j each 10 dro P s " 

" Spearmint, 2 " 

" Sweet Orange, 15 " 

" Wintergreen, 10 " 

Shave off the white Castile soap in small pieces ; then 
dissolve it in the water ; mix the borax with the glycer- 
ine ; shake together well ; then add it to the solution 
of soap. If ne-cessary, a little heat may be used in 
dissolving the soap. Add the oils to the alcohol; then 
mix all together and shake very hard for a short time ; 
when this has been done, add the tincture cochineal, 
and shake all together thoroughly; then allow it to 
stand still for two days. If there should then be any 
sediment, pour off the clear liquid or filter through 
paper ; then keep it well corked. 

Directions for using the " loJcah n : — Put a few drops 



For Toilet and Household Use. 91 

on a tooth-brush which has "been previously well 
moistened with pure water, and brush the teeth well ; 
after they have been cleaned thoroughly, rinse the 
mouth with pure water. If this is used lightly every 
day it will give tone, vigor and strength to the teeth 
and gums. I feel confident that it will give the very 
best satisfaction. 



THE WHITE ROSE DENTIFRICE 

IN LIQUID FORM. 

This preparation is entirely different from the or- 
dinary run of these liquid compounds. It has 
features not possessed by others, though it is not a 
uniyersal favorite. It has a beautiful rose flavor, to 
which many persons are somewhat partial. 

Take 

Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces. 

" White Castile Soap, 3 drachms. 

" Carbonate Potassa, 8 grains. 

" Water, 4i ounces. 

," Alcohol 2i " 
Extract White Rose, 1 drachm. 
" Cochineal, 40 drops. 

Cut soap up in small pieces ; dissolve it in the water ; 
then add the alcohol and carbonate potassa ; shake well 
together ; then add the extracts Rose and Cochineal ; 
shake again vigorously, and allow to stand still for 
two days ; then if there is sediment in the bottom of the 
bottle either pour off the clear liquid or filter through 
paper, in order to have a fine, bright, clear looking 
preparation when finished. 



92 Recipes and Preparations 

Directions. — Apply to the teeth by putting a small 
quantity on the brush, which must be previously 
moistened with pure water. This may be repeated 
several times if necessary,- to thoroughly clean the 
teeth. 

Any of the foregoing liquid preparations for the teeth 
may be used upon artificial teeth w r ith the most grati- 
fying results. 

Artificial teeth require attention as well as the natural 
teeth do. Therefore do not neglect them ; all who 
have them should be very particular about keeping the 
teeth and plate clean. The plate especially should be 
carefully looked after. There is no way this can be 
done more effectively, than by the use of one of the 
liquid dentifrices for the teeth which can be made from 
the recipes in this book. It is a positive fact that they 
will make superior, or just as good preparations in 
every way as those that are sold in the market at 
such exorbitant profits as to make some of their 
proprietors enormously rich. In order to satisfy your- 
self on this question, I simply ask you to have some of 
the preparations made up properly and from best qual- 
ity materials and compare them with any of the 
preparations of similar character you may have been 
using. 



ANTISEPTIC LOTION. 

This preparation is intended more especially as a 
mouth wash, for tender gums or sore mouth, although 
it may also be used for cleansing the teeth and gums. 
It will render the breath sweet, pleasant and fragrant, 



For Toilet, and Household Use. 93 

and keep the teeth, gums and mouth in a healthy con- 
dition. 
Take 

Tincture Myrrh, 3 drachms. 
Kino, 1 " 

Fluid Extract Orris-root, 1 ounce. 
Pulv. Boracic Acid, 10 grains. 
Pure Glycerine, i ounce. 
Oil Peppermint, \ 

" Sassafras, > eacn 5 drops. 

*} Cloves, ) 

Dissolve the boracic acid in the glycerine ; add the 
tinctures and extract orris, then the oils, and shake all 
together thoroughly. 

Directions for using. 

Shake well, then add from 20 to 30 drops of the 
lotion to a tumbler of pure water, then rub the teeth 
and gums with a brush saturated with this wash. Use 
only a soft tooth brush, wash the mouth thoroughly by 
rinsing a number of times with the wash or diluted 
lotion. The wash may be made stronger, if desirable, by 
adding 20 to 30 drops more of the lotion. 

This wash imparts a pleasant odor and gives vigor 
to the gums. It must be left to the discretion of each 
person how often to use it. Ordinarily two or three 
times a week are sufficient in alternation with your 
regular dentifrice. 



DENTIFRICES IN PASTE FORM. 

Some people prefer a dentifrice in this form to any 
other. It has its advantages, and is a very nice prep- 



94 Recipes and Preparations 

aration to use, when it is made from materials that are 
entirely free from deleterious substances. 



AROMATIC TOOTH PASTE. 

The preparation that is made after this recipe will 
answer all the requirements of a first-class paste denti- 
frice, and will be acceptable to those desiring a denti- 
frice in this form, It has all the good properties that the 
tooth preparations in liquid or powder form possess, and 
is used with equally as much gratification. It preserves 
the teeth, gives tone and vigor to the gums, and a very 
pleasant and lasting fragrance to the mouth and breath. 

Take 

Pulv. Orris Root, 2 ounces, 
" Drop Chalk, 4 " 
" Cuttle Bone, 1 « 
" Gum Myrrh, \ " 
" " Acacia, i " 

" Red or White Castile Soap, 1 ounce. 
" Cochineal, 2 drachms. 
Oil Cloves, 
" Peppermint, 
" Sassafras, 

" Wintergreen, each 10 drops. 
Ess. Oil Bitter Almonds, 3 drops. 
Pure Glycerine sufficient to form the whole into a 
stiff paste. 

Mix the powders all together ; add the oils, and 
again thoroughly mix them. Then add enough of the 
pure glycerine to form it into a very stiff paste. Put 
in a box or jar and keep it well covered. 

Directions for using : — This should be used by tak- 
ing a small quantity of the paste upon a dry tooth 
brush; then moisten the brush with pure water, and 



For Toilet and Household Use. 95 

lightly brush the teeth and gums a number of times ; 
lastly, rinse the mouth with pure water. 

This paste keeps the teeth and gums in a healthy 
condition. Do not brush the teeth too hard nor use a 
very stiff brush. 



COMPOUND CHARCOAL TOOTH PASTE. 

This recipe makes a popular preparation. Some, how- 
ever, do not like it, principally because the color is too 
dark for them. It will positively prevent and arrest 
decay in the teeth ; improve the gums ; and whiten the 
teeth without affecting the enamel. When its merits 
become known, it is much sought after for the appar- 
ently magical effects it produces upon the teeth. It 
will whiten and beautify them quicker than the major- 
ity of preparations which are used for this purpose. 

Take 

Pulv. Willow Charcoal, 1 ounce. 
44 Castile Soap, 2 drachms. 
44 Cuttle Bone, 1 drachm. 
44 Flor Orris root, 4 drachms. 
Oil Anise Seed, 5 drops. 
44 Cloves, 3 drops. 
44 Sassafras, 

44 Sweet Orange, each 12 drops. 
Pure Strained Honey, \ ounce. 
u Glycerine, about 1 ounce. 

Mix the powders ; add the oils, and rub well together, 
in order to get it well mixed ; then stir in the honey. 
After this is done, stir in enough of the glycerine to 
form the mixture into a stiff paste ; the amount of the 
glycerine required varies ; it will be well to go slow, 



96 Recipes and Preparations 

make the paste just right. Do not have it too dry ; as 
it will dry out some itself. Put it into a well covered 
box or jar. 

Directions for use : — Put as mall quantity of it upon 
a tooth brush, wet with pure water, then apply to the 
teeth andgums, and give them a gentle rubbing ; this 
may be repeated at such times as may be necessary to 
keep them in proper condition. After they have been 
brushed, the mouth should be rinsed well with pure 
water. It will leave a very pleasant odor in the mouth. 



PART III. 

THE FINGER NAILS. 

The finger nails should be very carefully and proper- 
ly attended to. 

This matter, I am pleased to note, is receiving the 
close and careful attention it deserves from the people, 
especially those who understand how much it improves 
the appearance of the whole hand to have the nails 
properly manicured. Everybody ought to adopt the 
means of having finely shaped and nicely polished fin- 
ger nails. This may be easily done, as all the appli- 
ances can be purchased for successfully treating them, 
and it does not require much experience to enable those 
who have some tact to do justice to their hands. I have 
known a great many persons who after manipulating 
the fingers a few times have been agreeably surprised to 



For Toilet and Household Use. 97 

see how well they performed the operation. After a lit- 
tle experience it becomes comparatively easy to manicure 
the ringers fully as well as it is done by most of the so- 
called professionals or experts in the art of manicuring. 
All that is really necessary is to procure at your drug or 
notion store, a good manicure set and use the following 
nail powder, in connection with brush, file, polisher, 
and other appliances which come with the manicure 
set. 

This treatment will most assuredly produce grati- 
fying results, if done carefully and thoroughly, so 
as to bring the condition of the fingers and nails up to 
their highest stage of perfection, giving beauty to the 
tapering fingers, polish to the nails, and natural per- 
fection to the hand. 

The market is full of different nail powders, from 
which great results are promised ; but none of them are 
better than can be made from the following recipe 
when properly put up from good materials. 



MANICURE POWDER. 
Take 

Pure Pulv. Drop Chalk, li ounce. 
" " French Chalk, 1 ounce. 
" Cuttle Bone, i ounce. 
" Pumice Stone, i drachm. 
" White Castile Soap, 1^ drachm. 
u Carmine, 5 grains. 
Oil Sandal Wood, i drachm. 
" Neroli Petale, 10 drops. 
" Cloves, 5 drops. 
44 Bitter Almonds, 2 drops. 
" Extract Musk, 20 drops. 
7 



98 Recipes and Preparations 

Prepare this as follows : 

The powdered ingredients must be the very finest 
pulverized ; rub well together, in order to thoroughly 
mix them ; then add the oils and extracts which should 
be previously mixed together; stir gradually and con- 
tinuously until it is all thoroughly mixed. 

Keep this powder in a bottle or box tightly covered 
up. 

Directions for using Nail Powder : — It may be used 
in the dry state, or it may be moistened before it is ap- 
plied. Employ only a small brush which is made 
especially for this purpose. Take a little of the dry 
powder upon the brush and apply it to the nails, brush- 
ing them thoroughly ; then use the nail-polisher or a 
small piece of chamois skin; bear on hard and rub 
briskly ; this will produce a beautiful polish. 

When moist powder is to be used, moisten the brush 
in water, and put some of the powder upon it ; then 
rub it over the nails several times, until they are nicely 
cleaned. Finish with the polisher as above. 

This treatment should be followed up regularly ; and 
the change which will take place in the appearance of 
the whole hand when it is properly manicured will be 
very gratifying and will positively pay for the labor 
and time in doing it. 



BATHING POWDER. 

This powder will be of the utmost service to those 
who live where they have only hard water to use. I 
have often put up this recipe for people who wanted 
something which would render hard water soft and fit 



For Toilet and Household Use. 99 

and use only such quantity as may be necessary to 
bathe in. It is an exceedingly fine preparation to 
make water soft. Those having tender and delicate 
skin are enabled to bathe in the hardest kind of water, 
providing they put a small quantity of this powder into 
it, without the least danger of their skin becoming all 
rough and chapped, as it does when they attempt to 
bathe in the hard water. The addition of this powder 
at once renders the water soft, and also gives to it, and 
consequently to the body, a delightful perfume, which 
it retains for some time. Water treated with this pow- 
der is very cooling and healing to the- skin, and leaves 
a soft feeling on the surface. The face, neck, hands 
and arms should be bathed in it freely, for it renders 
the surface soft and smooth, and prevents chafing and 
chapping. 

Take 

P ^ V ' Bo?ax, 0nate ^^ j each 4 ° UnCeS - 

;; Salts Tartar, j each 1 drachm. 

" Muriate Ammonia, ) 
Oil Bergamot, 
" Cloves, 
" Sassafras, 

" Rose Geranium, )>each 10 drops. 
" Wintergreen, 
" Lavender, 
" Anise Seed, 

Mix the powders together thoroughly ; then mix the 
oils together also. Then gradually add the oils to the 
powder, and keep stirring until it is all incorporated. 

The Salts of Tartar should be pulverized before 
being added to any of the other powders; otherwise 



100 Recipes and Preparations 

you will not get a fine powder. Tins combination 
should be kept in a bottle with a wide mouth, tightly- 
corked. 

Directions for using. — Add a very small quantity to 
the water, and allow it to dissolve before using it. 
When desired for use in bath water, put a small quant- 
ity into the bath-tub; then allow the water to run in, 
and stir if necessary, to dissolve it. 

Soap should be used just the same as though the 
water had not been treated with this preparation. A 
less quantity will, however, produce in this water a 
much better suds. Use only a good quality of soap. 
Dry the skin thoroughly when the bath is completed. 



PART IV. 

HAIR PREPARATIONS. 

A well-preserved head of hair on a person of middle 
age at once bespeaks refinement, elegance, health and 
beauty. But how often do we meet with people who 
have lost nearly all their hair long before that age has 
been reached ! Why is it so ? 

I positively assert that ninety per cent, of it is caused 
by inattention and neglect. This matter deserves the 
serious consideration of everybody — those who have 
so far been able to retain all the natural beaufy of the 



For Toilet and Household Use. 101 

hair, as well as these unfortunates who have lost about 
all they had, and others who have perhaps neglected 
their hair until it has become dry and harsh, and is 
turning prematurely gray and falling out, while the 
scalp is full of dandruff. 

All this maj r be overcome, the hair preserved, im- 
proved and beautified, and the scalp be thoroughly 
freed from dandruff, by using some of the following 
preparations for the hair and scalp. The variety of re- 
cipes to select from will give all an opportunity to find 
just what they need for the hair and scalp. 



COMPOUND QUININE TONIC 

FOR THE HAIR. 

The following formula will make a preparation that 
I have put up more or less for a long time. I have 
found that in some cases when the hair seemed bound 
to fall out, that this proved to be one of the best pre- 
ventives ever used. There is nothing better for giving 
strength and vigor to the hair and tone and vitality to 
its weakened roots. If the life is not entirely gone from 
the roots it will produce a heatlhy growth of hair on 
any bald head in a short time. It will also keep the 
scalp free from dandruff. In some obstinate cases it must 
be used faithfully for a long period. Do not get 
discouraged, for the result is tolerably sure if the roots 
of the hair are not dead ; when they are, it is beyond 



102 Recipes and Preparations 

mortal power to produce a growth, notwithstanding the 
statements to the contrary by some of the wise people. 

To make the Compound Quinine Tonic — 

Take. 

Bisulphate Quinine, 40 grains. 
Pure Glycerine, i ounce. 
Best Bay Rum, " " 
Spirits Lavender Comp, 3 drachms. 
Tincture Red Saunders, If " 
" Cantharides, 4 " 
Pure 'Water, 5 ounces. 
Cologne Spirits, 8 ounces. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
Oil Bergamont, ^ 

" Cloves, I i a -, 

" Rose Geranium ^ eadl 6 dr0pS - 

" Wintergreen, J 

" Sassafras, 3 drops. 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the cologne, spirits and water together ; then 

dissolve the quinine in it by shaking hard ; then add all 
the oils. Mix the bay rum, glycerine, tinctures and 
extract together ; then combine the two mixtures and 
shake thoroughly. Filtering will improve its appearance 
very much, though it is not actually necessary. 

Directions for using. — Apply to the scalp ; be sure 
to get it down to the roots of the hair. In bad cases 
it should be used every day ; in others every second 
day or once or twice a week. 

The scalp should always be well brushed with a dry 
hair brush before putting it on ; then rub on well with 
the palm of the hand or flat part of the fingers ; never 
use the finger nails. The rubbing should be kept up 



For Toilet and Household Use. 103 

long enough to considerably excite the scalp, in order 
to get np a brisk circulation. 

When desired, this preparation may also be used as 
a hair dressing. Apply a small quantity lightly each 
day. 



HAIR VITALIZER. 

This preparation imparts a rich gloss to the hair and 
renders it fine and soft. It also gives health and tone to 
the capillary glands ; prevents the hair from falling out; 
stop premature grayness, and gives strength to weak 
hair. 
Take 

Pure Jamaica Rum, 6 ounces. 

Pure Grape Brandy, 2 " 

Tinct. Peruvian Bk. plain, 2 ounces. 

Alcohol, 5 ounces. 

Pure Cryst. Castor Oil, 1 ounce. 

Acetic Acid, 2 drachms. 

Oil Alspice, 10 drops. 

" Bergamont, ) , , A , 

U '. T ° j tJi \ each $ drachm. 
" Lavender b low. ) 

" Lemon, fresh, 1 drachm. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol ; add the acetic acid, 
grape brandy, Jamaica rum, and tincture bark. 

Directions for using. — Shake well before using ; apply 
it to the hair and scalp every other daj^ as long as re- 
quired ; rub it on hard with palm of the hand. It can 
also be used as a hair dressing, and works very nicely 
on the beard or mustache. Try it ; the effects are 
pleasing. 



104 Recipes and Preparations 

THE HAIR TONIC AND PRESERVER. 

I have put up this recipe a great many times. It 
imparts vigor to the roots of the hair; thoroughly 
cleanses the scalp, and eradicates all dandruff ; it stops 
the hair falling out and, through its stimulating proper- 
ties there is a healthy action of the scalp produced by 
which the whole condition is changed ; thus securing 
continued growth of the hair and preventing baldness. 

Take 

Tincture Blood Root, ) r -» 

" Cantharides, j each i 0Unce ' 

Pure Glycerine, ) , i 

,, ^ J , i n j ^-t } each 1 ounce. 
" Crystal Castor Oil, ) 

Pulv. Carbonate Ammonia, 1 drachm. 

Alcohol, 12 ounces. 

Bay Rum, 4 " 

Extract Heliotrope, 2 drachms. 

Oil Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 

" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 

Add the oils to the alcohol ; dissolve the ammonia in 
the bay rum ; then add the glycerine to it ; then unite 
the two mixtures and shake well together. 

Directions for using. — Always shake the mixture 
well before using; apply it to the hair and scalp quite 
freely and rub it on hard for some time with the palm 
of the hand to get it down to the roots of the hair. It 
may be used every day or every third day, according 
to the case. 



"FLOUNCING FLUID" 

FOR CURLING THE HAIR. 

This recipe makes a preparation that is very much 



For Toilet and Household Use. 105 

admired, and it is just the thing for people who desire 
to have curly hair. 

Take 

White Gum Arabic, 1 drachm. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Spirits Camphor, 1 dmchm. 
Best Cologne, 4 drachms. 
Alcohol, 3 drachms. 
Pure Water, 7 ounces. 

Dissolve the gum arabic and borax in the water; 
then add the cologne, mix the camphor spirit with the 
alcohol, and add the two mixtures together. 

Directions for using. — Just before retiring at night 
moisten the hair with the fluid and roll into twists 
with paper, leads or other devices, in the usual manner. 
After they have been rolled up long enough, gene rally- 
over one night, take down and curl. 

This fluid may also be used for making frizzes, 
bangs and the numerous other styles of curls. 



COCOANUT OIL HAIR DRESSING. 

This recipe makes a preparation which stands high 
with the people, for it is truly an elegant dressing for 
the hair; it renders it soft, beautiful and vigorous, 
preserves its luxuriance, supplies the roots* with the 
properties which are very essential to their life and 
without which the hair ceases to grow and gradually 
falls out. 

Take 

Pure Fresh Cocoanut Oil, 1 ounce. 

" Alcohol, 8 ounces. 



106 Recipes and Preparations 

Best Bay Rum, 6 ounces. 
German Cologne, 1 ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Oil Neroli Petale, 10 drops. 
" Sandal Wood, 15 drops. 
Pulv. Carbonate Ammonia, J drachm. 

Acid all the oils to the alcohol and shake well 
together ; then add the bay rum — in which the 
ammonia should be dissolved — and shake up thor- 
oughly; then add the remainder. Perhaps the cocoa- 
nut oil will settle to the bottom of the bottle, more or 
less; that however will not change or affect its med- 
icinal properties. When it is to be used simply give it 
a good shaking and it will all commingle. It separates 
mostly when the temperature gets down. 

Directions. — This dressing may be used as often as 
required to keep the hair and scalp in a good, healthy 
condition. Do not put on too much at one time ; a 
little of it goes a good ways; always rub on hard and 
spread over the surface thoroughly. 



AN ELEGANT HAIR DRESSING. 

This formula makes a perfect dressing for the hair; 
it promotes its growth, preserves and beautifies it and 
renders it soft and glossy. Few preparations possess 
the peculiar properties which so exactly suit the 
various conditions of the human hair. When the hair 
is impoverished this supplies nourishment on which it 
seems to thrive and become once more strong, healthy 
and beautiful. 

Take 

Pure Castor Oil, 2 ounces. 



Jl'or Toilet and Household Use. 107 

Tincture Blood Root, 

" Cantharides, each i ounce. 
Best Bay Rum, 1 ounce. 
Oil Lavender Flowers, i drachm. 

" Rose Geranium, 20 drops. 

u Sweet Orange, 1 drachm. 

" Lemon, fresh, 15 drops. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, 12 ounces. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol ; add the bay rum 
and the tinctures ; then the extract jockey club. 

Directions. — Apply to the hair and scalp ; rub it on 
hard with the flat part of the fingers or with the palm 
of the hand. It may be applied every day, or as the 
condition of the hair suggests. Do not put on too 
much at one time ; a medium quantity applied often 
and well rubbed in serves better. It is suitable for old 
or young. 



POMADE CREAM FOR THE HAIR. 

This recipe makes a combination that will, when 
properly used, in many cases entirely cure baldness. 
It is also an excellent dressing for the beard or mus- 
tache. It softens the hair, gives it lustre and soothes 
the irritated scalp. Its effects are permanent. 

This preparation can be carried when you are travel- 
ing, without danger of soiling the clothing. 

Take 

Rose Cosmoline, 4 ounces. 
Bals. Peru, If drachms. 
Sulphate Quinine, 25 grains. 
Oil Cade, i drachm. 

" Rose Geranium, \ drachm. 

w Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 



108 Recipes and Preparations 

Mix the quinine with the balsam of Peru ; then add 
this to the rose cosmoline, with all the other ingre- 
dients; mix them ail together. 

Directions for using. — -Take a small quantity on the 
fingers or into the palm of the hand, and put it upon 
the hair or scalp, rubbing sufficiently to oil it well. Do 
not use too much at one time, as it might be too oily. 
Apply each day or every two or three days. For the 
beard or mustache apply with the fingers a small 
quantity only, and spread it out well. It has a beauti- 
ful effect upon the beard. 



"GLYCEROTXNE" 

FOR DRESSING AND BEAUTIFYING THE HAIR 
AND BEARD. 

This recipe also makes an elegant dressing for the 
hair, producing the most remarkable effects. It renders 
it very beautiful and gives to it a rich lustrous appear- 
ance. 

This effect cannot be secured from any of the or- 
dinary hair dressings. 

Take 

Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces. 

White Rose Cologne, 2 ounces. 

Tincture Kino, 15 drops. 

Oil Sandal Wood, 10 drops. 

Alcohol, 2 ounces. 

New England Rum, 2 ounces. 
Add the tincture kino to the glycerine; then the 
white rose cologne ; mix the oil sandal wood with 
the alcohol and New England rum; then unite the 
two mixtures, and shake well. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 109 

Directions for using. — Whenever a beautiful lustrous 
appearance is desired for the hair, this is the preparation 
to use. Put on a little of it only at a time, and spread 
it out well over the hair. Use it as often as you need 
it. 



BRILLIANTINES. 

This class of preparations are used principally for 
enhancing the beauty of the hair. An occasional 
application of the Brilliantine will keep the hair soft, 
silky and bright looking, dispelling that dead appear- 
ance which it sometimes presents. In order to give it a 
brilliant, rich, lustrous appearance, use the Brilliantine; 
it will not disappoint you. 

The following recipes I have used considerably. Do 
not hesitate to employ them, as the results will cer- 
tainly be gratifying. 



AMERICAN BRILLIANTINE 

FOB BEAUTIFYING THE HAIB. 

Take 

Best pure Olive Oil fresh, 3 ounces. 
Pure Alcohol, 1 ounce. 
Oil Neroli Petale, 20 drops. 
" Bitter Almonds, 2 drops. 
" Bergamot, i drachm. 
Otta Rose, 4 drops. 
Mix all together. 

This preparation will separate after standing a while. 

Directions for using. — Always shake thoroughly 

before applying it. Put on lightly, and spread it well 



110 Recipes and Preparations 

over the hair. It acts charmingly on the beard or 
mustache. Just a little applied to the hair every day 
or two will keep it looking fine. 



« FRENCH BRILLIANTINE " 

FOR DRESSING AND BEAUTIFYING THE HAIR, BEARD 

OR MUSTACHE. 

How often do we bear people say this or that prepara- 
tion" which they use for toilet purposes is French, and 
is therefore superior to anything and everything else ? 
The time, when that w r as true has passed by ; for now 
with the right formulas and first quality of materials, 
we can make just as good right at home as can be made 
abroad. 

The matter of greatest importance Is to have a reliable 
recipe, then have it properly put up from the freshest 
and purest materials. When this is done and the in- 
structions carefully followed, the product will be equal 
to any, wherever made. I claim that this is the case 
with the various recipes in this book ; they will make 
first class preparations when properly put up from only 
the best materials. 

The result will be a combination equal to any, and 
superior to a great many. 

For French Brilliantine take 

Pure Olive Oil fresh, 1 ounce. 

" Alcohol, 3 ounces. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 10 drops. 

" Lavender Flowers, 10 drops. 

" Bay Leaves, 10 drops. 

" Cinnamon Tree, 5 drops. 

" Sandal Wood, 15 drops. 



For Toilet and Household Use* 111 

Mix the oils together, then add the alcohol. 

Directions for using. — This preparation must always 
be well shaken when applied ; spread it thoroughly but 
lightly over the hair occasionally; it will give it a 
beautiful, silky, lustrous appearance. Gentlemen will 
find this an elegant dressing for the beard or mustache. 
It will improve their appearance wonderfully. 



THE MABEL BRILLIANTINE 

FOB, IMPROVING AND BEAUTIFYING THE HAIR. 

This recipe makes an exceptionally fine preparation. 

It is very highly esteemed by those who are acquainted 

with its qualities. It certainly has no superior for 

giving to the hair a beautiful appearance. There is 

nothing disagreeable about it; on contrary, it is a very 

delightful preparation to use. 

Take 

Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces. 
Pulv. Borax, 1 drachm. 
Cologne Spirits, 4 ounces. 
Best Bay Rum, 1J ounce. 
Best Extract Musk, 2 drachms. 
Oil Ylang Ylang, 20 drops. 

Dissolve the borax in the glycerine ; add the spirits 
(in which the oil has been dissolved) ; then add the 
other ingredients, and shake all together. 

Directions. — Shake well before using. Spread it on 
evenly. It keeps the hair in splendid condition. Do 
not put on too much at one time. 

It will be noticed that the Brilliantines are different 
in composition. Some people will like one and some 
another kind. My object in giving so many different 



112 Recipes and Preparations 

preparations is to satisfy all and enable each person to 
gratify their taste in this matter. I have learned from 
experience that it is actually necessary to do this, and 
I trust there will be enough to go around. All are good 
preparations, and can be made by anybody with the 
knowledge obtainable from this book. 

In making any of the Brilliantines, use only the best, 
freshest and purest goods. A poor quality of material 
will impair the effects of the preparations and do in- 
justice to my recipes, and to those using them. 



SEA FOAM. 

FOE, CLEANSING THE SCALP AND HAIR FROM ALL 

IMPURITIES. 

This preparation is somewhat similar to shampoos ; 

but it has its own peculiar properties and merits. The 

results obtained through its use are very beneficial. 

Take 

Pure Alcohol, 8 ounces. 
Pure Water, 7 ounces. 
Aqua Ammonia, i ounce. 
Carbonate Ammonia, 1 drachm. 
Tincture Gentian Comp., i ounce. 
Best Cologne, 1 ounce. 

Dissolve the carbonate ammonia in the water ; add 
the alcohol and other ingredients. 

Directions for Using, — This preparation should be 
used perhaps once a week or once in two weeks, accord- 
ing to the condition of the hair and scalp. Use it just 
enough to keep the hair and scalp in a cleanly condi- 
tion. 

Apply the sea foam to the scalp in quantity sufficient 



For Toilet and Household Use. 113 

to produce a copious lather. Pour a small quantity \\t 
a time right on the head, or into the palm of the hand 
first ; then rub the head and hair hard and brisk with 
the flat part of the fingers and the palm of the hand. 

If this treatment fails to produce a copious lather, 
put a little water on the head. It is necessary for the 
person using it to exercise some judgment as to the 
strength of the lather required to produce the best 
results. After it is in good working order the rubbing 
of the scalp may be continued until the lather all dis- 
appears ; then thoroughly dry the head and hair with 
a dry towel. 

When it is used by the ladies they must have their 
hair thoroughly dried before doing it up. Always use 
soft water. If the hair should become too dry and 
crispy use one of the hair dressings made from my 
recipes. 

This preparation will prove very beneficial to either 
ladies or gentlemen, and keep the hair and scalp in ex- 
cellent condition. 



SHAMPOOS. 

Shampoos are all used in about the same way. They 

differ more or less in composition ; but the rules for 

using one applies to all of them, and can be substantially 

followed with satisfactory results. Apply all to hair 

and scalp thoroughly ; wetting them, and rubbing hard 

and brisk enough to produce a thick, heavy lather. 

When it is found that the shampoo smarts sharply 

and irritates the scalp, it will be a good plan to reduce 

it with water, either before using or on the head. 

8 



114 Recipes and Preparations 

Reducing it on the head is considered the best; (always 
use soft water). Pour the shampoo on the head; if it 
fails to work, pour on water, rubbing steadily until it 
works up a good stiff lather. If the shampoo prove too 
weak, it can be made stronger by adding ammonia. 

The shampoos made after the formulas in this book 
are as good as any ; they are perfectly harmless, and 
will positively be a benefit to the head, scalp and hair. 
I advise people who are troubled with headache to try 
a shampoo often. I have seen some excellent results 
from its use ; it will frequently give immediate relief. 

There are a great many different kinds of shampoos 
in the market; but after many trials I found the prep- 
arations here given proved as satisfactory as any 
combinations that are put together. Some contain a 
large amount of soap, which causes the preparation to 
thicken up, and it is then used in the form of a cream. 
There is, however, no advantage in this ; when it is 
wanted, there is nothing better to use than the pure 
White Castile Soap ; wash the head and hair thoroughly 
with it, then rinse out well, dry it, and apply some hair 
dressing. 

SHAMPOO EUREKA. 

FOR THE HAIR AND SCALP. 

This preparation is especially adapted to the use of 
the ladies. What gives more relief or is more appre- 
ciated by the ladies, than to have the head thoroughly 
shampooed, especially during hot weather. To have 
the hair and scalp thoroughly freed from dandruff, and 
the dust that settles upon it, must indeed be a favoj* 



For Toilet and Household Use. 115 

as well as a pleasure. In this book I have given all 
the recipes for making the various preparations which 
are so necessary to comfort and happiness, without 
obliging the ladies to go to the hair-dresser, which is 
frequently so disagreeable a task that it is put off for 
a long time, until the hair surfers serious injury. 

Select the dressing you may desire to use, procure 
the materials and prepare it yourself, or have it pre- 
pared at the drug store. This makes it easy for any- 
body to take a shampoo at home. To make the 
Eureka shampoo, — 

Take 

Cologne Spirits, 6 ounces. 
Tinct. Blood Root, 2 drachms. 
Saks of Tartar, 2 drachms. 
Aqua. Ammonia, 1J ounce. 
Extract Frangipani, 2 drachms. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
Water, i pint. 

Mix the water and alcohol together; then dissolve 
the salts of tartar in it ; add the other ingredients, and 
keep it well corked. 

Directions for usinr/. — The shampoo should be used 
at least once a week in summer time ; during the winter 
season perhaps once in two weeks will be sufficient to 
keep the hair and scalp thoroughly cleansed. 

Apply it first to the scalp. Wet it thoroughly in 
soft water ; then rub hard with flat of fingers or palm 
of the hand, until it soaps up nicely. Continue this 
treatment until the scalp is well cleansed ; then, apply 
the shampoo to all the hair in similar way. Then 
thoroughly rinse off with clean water, and dry the head 
with a towel. If it becomes too dry and fluffy after 



116 Recipes and Preparations 

being shampooed, use one of the hair dressings lightly 
the day after using the shampoo. 

If the above shampoo fai]s to produce a good soap- 
suds, add some water to it on the head, as in using the 
Sea Foam ; or if it is too strong and sharp reduce with 
water. This will no doubt produce the right effect. 



SHAMPOO FOR GENTLEMEN. 

This preparation is especially adapted to the use of 
gentlemen. It requires no special training to use it. 
You can do it yourself as well as an experienced barber. 

If this shampoo is used once or twice a week during 
summer time, it will keep the scalp and hair in excellent 
condition . and the head cool. All have realized the 
advantage and comfort of this. 

There is just one drawback which prevents a great 
many availing themselves of this soul-stirring and brain 
soothing treatment : that is going to the tonsorial artist 
to have the operation performed. This too often proves 
so tiresome and perplexing that a great many forego 
the benefits to be derived rather than to submit to the 
annoyance. With the aid of this book any gentleman 
may have all the benefits without the annoyance. It 
will enable him to procure the proper materials to make 
his own shampoo, and give him the necessary instruc- 
tions bow to prepare and use it. Then there will be 
no temptation to deprive himself of the luxuiy. 
Besides, he may have the satisfaction of enjoying its 
benefits as often as he desires. 

The following recipe makes a shampoo that I have 



For Toilet and Household Use. 117 

put up for barbers as well as for private use during a 
number of years, and it has always given the very best 
satisfaction. 

In my experience behind the Drug-Store counter, I 
have found that, whenever I made a preparation which 
failed to please the person buying it, it did not take 
long for him to let me know it. Hence I soon learned 
whether an article was approved. The recipes in this 
book, I have put up, more or less, for nearly twenty 
years ; the verdict generally has been a smile of satis- 
faction on the countenance of the parties using them. 
This gave me the key to the situation at once, and 
enabled me to talk with confidence about the prepara- 
tions, because I had this sure way of proving their 
excellence. I am confident gentlemen using this 
shampoo will say that it is as good, if not better than 
any other ever used. 

Take 

Pure Water, 6 ounces. 

" Alcohol, 7 ounces. 
Carbonate Potassa, 2 drachms. 
Aqua Ammonia, 1J ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
German Cologne, 1 ounce. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
Tinct Benzoin, plain, 20 drops. 

Mix the alcohol and water, dissolve the carbonate 
potassa in it ; then add the glycerine, cologne, ammonia, 
extract and benzoin ; shake well together and keep 
tightly corked. 

Directions for using. 
Shake well and apply to the head ; give it a thorough 
rubbing, until it produces a heavy lather. If this fails 



118 Recipes and Preparations 

to form after a quantity has been put on the head and 
well rubbed in, put some water right on the head with 
the shampoo preparation, and rub all together. After 
the head has been rubbed hard, and the hair and scalp 
thoroughly cleansed, rinse it off with pure water ; then 
thoroughly dry the head, and apply a little good strong 
bay rum. Next day, if necessary, use a little hair 
dressing. 

The shampoo may be used as often as necessary. 
When the above course is followed, the hair and scalp 
will be kept free from dandruff, itching and other 
disturbing features. In reducing shampoo use soft 
water. 



BRILLIANT HAIR DRESSING. 

This preparation will materially improve and beau- 
tify the hair. It has a splendid effect after using the 
shampoo or sea foam ; for it will soften the hair when 
dry or harsh from lack of natural oil, and give it a 
permanent lustre. 
Take 

Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
New England Rum, 2 ounces. 
Rose-water, 4 ounces. 
Dist. Ext. Witch Hazel, \ ounce. 
Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 
" Frangipani, 2 drachms. 

Mix all the ingredients together. 

Directions for using. 

This preparation may be applied as often as neces- 
sary, to keep the hair in the condition desired. Put on 
only just enough to spread over the hair; too much of 
it would spoil the effect. It has a splendid effect upon 



For Toilet and Household Use. 119 

the beard or mustache, making it glossy and silky, 
when used not oftener perhaps than once in two or 
three days. 



PERUVIAN HAIR TONIC. 

This recipe makes an extraordinary dressing to assist 
the growth of the hair and beautify its appearance. If 
used occasionally it will prevent its falling out, and 
have a refreshing effect upon the scalp. 

Take 

Balsam Peru, 4 drops. 
Pure Castor Oil, 4 drachms. 
Tinct Jam. Ginger, 2 drachms. 

" Camphor, 2 drachms. 
New England Rum, 4 ounces. 
Pure Alcohol, 4 ounces. 
Oil Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 

" Bergamot, i drachm. 

" Lemon, i drachm. 

" Cloves, 3 drops. 

Add the oils, balsam Peru, spirits, camphor and 
tincture ginger to the alcohol ; then add the New 
England rum and shake all together. 

Directions for using. 
Brush the scalp thoroughly with a good stiff hair 
brush ; then shake the tonic well and apply to the scalp 
and hair lightly every day or two ; rub it on hard with 
palm of the hand. 



DANDRUFF ERADICATOR. 

This recipe makes a preparation which will positively 
remove all dandruff and scurf from the scalp, and also 



120 Recipes and Preparations 

prevent its formation. Its effects are highly appre- 
ciated by those who are acquainted with its merits. 

Take 

Pulv. Carbonate Ammonia, ) tot i 
u n \ each z drachms. 

" Borax, ) 

Sulphate Zinc, 5 grains. 

Peppermint-water, 4 ounces. 

Glycerine, 1 ounce. 

Brandy, Pure, 1 ounce. 

Alcohol, 2 ounces. 

Pure Water, 8 ounces. 

Oil Bay Leaves, 10 drops. 

" Cloves, 5 drops. 

Rose Geranium, 10 drops. 

Dissolve the borax, zinc and ammonia in the plain 
water ; add the peppermint-water ; dissolve the oils in 
the alcohol ; add the brandy and glycerine ; then put 
the two mixtures together, and shake up well. 

Directions for using. 

Apply the eradicator to the scalp every day until 
there is no more dandruff or scurf on the head. It 
should be well rubbed on with the "flat part of the 
lingers and the palm of the hand. 

If the case is of long standing, and the scalp has 
become very sore, do not rub hard enough to produce 
irritation, but apply the eradicator gently for a short 
time. Persevere in its use— -no matter how long the 
difficulty has been going on — and you will be rewarded 
by a lasting cure. 

If on the start the eradicator smarts considerably, 
reduce it with water; after it has been used a short 
time the smarting will be overcome. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 121 

"BANDOLIN." 

Very few ladies are unfamiliar with the word Ban- 
dolin. 

The following recipes will make Bandolin in every 
way equal to the higher priced article. 

The ladies will find the Bandolin made after the 
recipes following to work perfectly as an aid in dress- 
ing the hair in the various fashionable styles. 

BANDOLIN POWDER. 

For making liquid Bandolin take 

Pulverized Gum Tragacanth, 2 ounces. 

" Borax, \ drachm. 

" Soap Bark, 20 grains. 
Oil Rose Geranium, £ drachm. 
Otta Rose, 3 drops. 
Oil Cinnamon Tree, 4 drops. 

" Bitter Almonds, 2 " 
Extract Musk Tincture, \ drachm. 

The preparation in liquid form is the one always 
used on the hair. 

A very fine liquid preparation may be made from 
the Bandolin powder. Have the powder on hand, and 
when Bandolin is wanted it can be made on short 
notice. 

LIQUID BANDOLIN. 

Can be made from this powder by adding two tea- 
spoonfuls of the powder to half-pint of water. Warm 
water will hasten the completion. Agitate it occa- 
sionally until all the powder is taken up, then press it 
through cloth, in order to give it a better appearance. If 
it is too thick add more water ; if too thin more powder. 



122 Recipes and Preparations 

Directions. 
Mix the powders together; then add the oils and 
extract, which should be previously mixed gradually. 
Keep stirring until thoroughly commingled. Put into 
a bottle which must be dry. Keep in dry place, well 
corked. 



BANDOLIN 

IN LIQUID FORM, 

This recipe will make a very fine preparation for 
staying the hair ; it is positively equal to any of the 
expensive imported ones. It has an elegant odor, which 
is very delicious and lasting. It is no trouble to make it 
nor does it require any knowledge beyond that which 
is given in this work, which is simplified to such a n 
extent that it only requires some tact and a little time 
to produce a Bandolin the effects of which will actually 
surprise you. 

Take 

Best quality Quince Seed, 6 drachms. 

Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 

Plain Water, 7 " 

Alcohol, 1 " 

Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 

" Wood Violet, 2 " 
Oil Sandal Wood, 10 drops. 

Add the quince seed to the water ; let them stand 
together 24 hours ; then strain through muslin ; add 
the glycerine and extracts ; dissolve the oil in the alco- 
hol, and add that ; then shake all together. 

In using Bandolin preparation the time and quantity 
must be left discretionary ; put on only such an amount 



For Toilet and Household Use. 123 

as is actually necessary. If too large a quantity is used 
it will be apt to show in a white substance on the hair. 



HAIR RESTORERS. 

The following recipe makes a preparation similar to 
those usually sold as Hair Restorers, for which such 
wonderful claims are set forth. Those who believe 
the advertisements actually imagine that something 
new has been discovered instead of the same old thin^ 
with slight variations served up under a new guise. I 
do not sanction the use of this character of prepara- 
tions, for they all are more or less injurious and dele- 
terious in the end. 

A great many people, however, think differently, 
and insist on using them. Therefore as the public will 
have them, I have concluded to place a formula here, 
which will make a Hair Restorer that can be used with 
as little danger as any oi the so-called Hair Restorers ; 
besides this has the advantage of showing just what is 
the nature of the composition. But I repeat that I do 
not sanction the use of any preparation of this char- 
acter. 

Take ' 

Sugar of Lead, i ounce. 
Lac Sulphur, 6 drachms. 
Table Salt, 2 drachms. 
Jamaica Rum, 4 ounces. 
Aqua Ammonia, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, 2 ounces. 
Pure Glvcerine, 1 ounce. 
" Rain Water, 1J pints. 



124 Recipes and Preparations 

Extract Jockey Club, 2 drachms. 

" Frangipani, 2 " 

Oil Bergamot, 5 drops. 
" Rose Geranium, 5 drops. 

Mix the sulphur, lead, ammonia and alcohol together, 
and let them stand 12 hours ; then add the other in- 
gredients to the water and mix all together ; then 
shake it thoroughly and let it stand four days before 
using it. 

Directions for Using. 

After the mixture stands several hours there will be 
a heavy sediment at the bottom ; this should not be 
disturbed, but apply to the hair the clear liquor from 
above the sediment. Thoroughly moisten the hair 
with the liquor, and allow it to dry, the hair meantime 
being left loose. Repeat this process as often as you 
think prudent, to keep the hair in its natural color. 
From one to six times a week is ordinarily enough in the 
start ; afterwards an occasional use will prevent the 
hair turning gray. 

In applying this restorative it is quite important to 
wet the hair thoroughly, in order to produce the desired 
result. 



PART V. 

HAIR DYES. 

This is also a class of preparations I never could sanc- 
tion, as I am satisfied that they are also detrimental to 
health. It is therefore only to meet a positive demand 
that I give the following recipes, which I have fre- 



For Toilet and Household Use. 125 

quently put up for people who insisted on using them. 
I will give only the most harmless of any that can 
be used for this purpose. 

I learned long ago that life is too short to show 
everybody the folly of his ways, so I contented myself 
with serving out the most harmless combinations for 
the above purpose that skill and experience could put 
together. 

The following is a recipe for making a hair dye: 

NUMBER ONE DYE. 

Take 

Pyrogallic Acid, 30 grains. 
Pure Water, 1|- ounce. 
" Alcohol, i " 
Mix the alcohol and water together ; then dissolve 
the acid in it. Keep in bottle well corked. 

NUMBER TWO DYE. 

Take 
Pure Nitrate Silver, 1£ drachms. 

" Water, 6 drachms. 
Aquse Ammonia, 2 drachms. 

Prepare by dissolving the silver in the water — distilled 
water h the best — first — never dissolve the ammonia 
first, as that would spoil the dye. "When it is dissolved, 
add the ammonia, which should be strong enough to 
re-dissolve the precipitated silver. If the materials are 
strictly pure and as strong as they should be, the result 
will be a perfectly clear solution, which will however 
become dark, on standing. This will not affect the 
properties of the dye. If the ammonia used is weak, 
a larger quantity will be required to re-dissolve the 
blackish looking precipitate which forms, and to leave 
an entirely clear liquid, 



128 Recipes and Preparations 

Directions for Using the Hair Dyes. 

Ladies must thoroughly cleanse their hair by using 
either aqua ammonia and water mixed in the propor- 
tion of about one ounce ammonia in a pint of water ; 
or some shampoo which does not contain any oil or 
glycerine. Then carefully rinse it, to get out all the 
soap and lather. To have the dye take good, it is 
necessary that it should be completely freed from all 
oily or greasy matter. After it is washed it must be 
well rinsed with clear water, and allowed to dry. The 
hair will then be ready to use the dye upon it- When 
both the No. 1 and No, 2 preparations are used, follow 
these instructions: 

First apply the No. 1 solution with a small brush or 
sponge to the hair only ; none should go on the scalp. 
It can be done very nicely, by holding the hair upon a 
comb away from the scalp; this will prevent any of 
the solution getting on the skin. After all the hair 
has been treated with the No. 1 solution allow it to dry. 
Then apply the No. 2 dye with a small tooth brush, 
and a comb to hold out the hair as above directed. 

The dye must be applied to the hair very carefully ; 
do not allow any to get upon the scalp or skin. When 
the preparations are both carefully put on and thorough- 
ly dried, the hair becomes perceptibly darker. 

After the dye has set, wash the hair with pure soap 
and water ; afterwards it should be well dried, and 
some nice dressing lightly applied to it. 

When the dye preparations are made from good 
quality of material and put on according to these 
instructions, you will notice, just as soon as the No. 2 
preparation comes in contact with the hair that has the 



For Toilet and Household Use. 127 

No. 1 solution on, that the effect is immediate; the 
change takes place at once, producing a jet black 
color. 

In applying the solutions, do not put on very much 
at a time; just a small quantity each time until the 
hair has all been touched with them. If any gets on 
the skin, it is very difficult to remove the stain, but the 
following w T ill generally do it : Get a piece of Sulphuret 
Potassa at a drug-store, and moisten it with a 
little water ; then apply it to the stain, or spot. It may 
be necessary to repeat the operation several times. 

After the stains have been removed, wash off with 
plenty of water ; do not use any soap wit!) the Potassa. 
Caution in putting on the dye will prevent its getting 
on the skin. 

The hair, beard or mustache, whichever has been 
dyed, should be washed out thoroughly with soap and 
water ; this should not be neglected. 

I have always found that if the parties using these 
preparations were very particular to get the hair free 
from all oily and greasy substances, the first applica- 
tion would be satisfactory. But if the dye don't take 
after several applications, the fault is to be ascribed to 
poor materials, or bad preparation and treatment. 

Gentlemen using the clve for the hair, mustache or 
beard must use it in the same way. First, thoroughly 
wash the hair to be dyed ; then, apply the No. 1 prep- 
aration with a small brush ; allow it to dry ; then 
apply the No. 2 preparation in the same way with a 
separate brush. If the shade produced is not dark 
enough, the dye may be applied the second or even the 
third time in. the same way. 



128 Recipes and Preparations 

The hair dye must be used often enough to color 
the hairs as they grow out ; the growth varies so much 
with different people that no more precise instructions 
on this point can be given. 



HAIR DYE WITH ONLY ONE PREPARATION. 

I have put up this preparation a great many times 
for people who preferred to use one dye. I always 
found that this recipe would give splendid results when 
properly handled. It will produce a shade of brown, 
by simply adding a larger amount of ammonia, the 
shade varying with the amount of the ammonia that 
the dye contains. When black is desired, the ammonia 
must be reduced; when a brown shade is preferred, 
the amount of ammonia must be increased. 

This single preparation can be used with equally 
satisfactory results by both Ladies and Gentlemen. 

Take 

Pure Nitrate Silver, li drachm. 
Pure Water distilled, (if it can be had) 4 drachms. 
Aqua Ammonia, 4 drachms. 
Dissolve the silver in the water first; this must 
always be done, or the dye will prove a failure. After 
it is dissolved add the ammonia, which must make a 
clear solution ; otherwise, more or stronger ammonia 
must be used to clear the mixture. 

After adding the ammonia a change takes place that 
will throw down the silver in the form of a blackish 
brown sediment, and this must be re-dissolved with the 
ammonia. This can be done very readily. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 129 

The ammonia should not be too strong, or else the 
effect of the dye would be impaired. It must be only 
just strong enough to re-dissolve the precipitate which 
forms. 

Directions for using. 

Follow the instructions given under the preceding 
hair dye recipes in every detail, up to where the hair 
is ready for the dye. The latter is the all important 
tiling in connection with the quality of the dye, which 
in turn hinges upon the materials being only the very 
best. 

This preparation should be applied to the hair with 
a tooth brush ; hold the hair up on a comb to prevent 
staining the skin. Let it dry after each application, 
and apply a sufficient number of times to produce the 
desired shade. Remove stains on the skin as directed 
on previous page. 

If the hair is exposed to the rays of the sun after the 
dye has been applied the latter will take hold much 
faster than if allowed to dry in the ordinary way. 



PART VI. 

BAY RUM. 

This delightfully refreshing preparation is used more 
or less by people throughout the civilized world, and is 
very highly prized for its medicinal properties as well 
as for the pleasant aroma it possesses. When applied 
to the surface it produces a most agreeable, cool sensa- 
tion. There is perhaps no one thing that holds the 

9 



130 Recipes and Preparation* 

place among toilet requisites that bay rum does. There 
is always much variation in quality; a great deal 
which is sold is hardly worthy of the name. 

It is certainly a matter of considerable importance 
to the consumer to know that the bay rum is of good 
quality; but a high price does not always assure a good 
article. This can be secured beyond doubt by buying 
your own materials from reliable parties. The follow- 
ing recipe will make a bay rum that is in every respect 
equal to the genuine imported bay rum, and far 
superior to a great deal that is sold as such. 

I have sold bay rum made from this recipe for a 
number of years, and always found that it gave satis- 
faction. Of course it is not a distilled bay rum, but it 
has a very much pleasanter aroma and is more lasting. 

Bay Rum equal to the Imported. 

Take 

Best Oil Bay Leaves, 1 drachm. 

" " Allspice, f drachm. 

" " Nutmegs, 10 drops. 

" " Cloves, 15 drops. 

" " Sandalwood, 20 drops. 
Acetic Ether, J ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Extract Vanilla, true, 2 drachms. 
Pure Jamaica Rum, 4 ounces. 

" Water, 5 ounces. 
Acetic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Pure Alcohol, 21 ounces. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol; add the acetic acid 
and ether; shake well, then add the Jamaica rum, 
glycerine, vanilla and water ; now shake it all togethe; 
thoroughly and let it stand three days. If cloudy. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 131 

filtering will make a beautiful clear liquid ; or, if not 
convenient to filter, the clear liquid can be poured eft' 
from the sediment. It could be used just as it is, but 
the filtering improves its appearance very much, though 
not its quality. Only the best and freshest material 
should be used in making these bay rums. 

The above recipe really makes an elegant bay rum. 

It is without question considerably stronger than the 
majority of bay rums that are sold. If too strong, 
weaken it with water. 



BAY RUM (Good Quality). 
This recipe will also make a very satisfactory com- 
bination. It is of good strength, lasting, and very 
agreeable. It compares favorably with other prepara- 
tions. 

Take 

Pure Oil Bay Leaves, 1 drachm. 

" " Allspice, i drachm. 

" " Cloves, 10 drops. 
Extract Musk, true, 1 drachm. 
Acetic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Jamaica Rum, 2 ounces. 
Pure Alcohol, 23 ounces. 

" Water, 6 ounces. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol; add the rum, 
extract musk, acetic acid and water; shake all well 
together ; let it stand four days ; then filter if neces- 
sary ; keep it corked up tight to preserve the aroma. 



BAY RUM (with Ammonia). 

This makes a bay rum which differs from the general 
run; it has peculiar properties which others do not 



132 Reqipes and Preparations 

possess ; the addition of a little ammonia increases its 
pungency. Some prefer it to any other kind, on 
account of its being extra strong. When a very 
refreshing, pungent and agreeable bay rum is wanted, 
I would suggest this, made after the following recipe : 

Take 

Pure Oil Bay Leaves,«l drachm. 

" " Bergamot, 20 drops, 

a " Pimento, \ drachm. 
New England Rum, 2 ounces. 
Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Aqua Ammonia, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, 24 ounces. 
Water, 4 ounces. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol ; add the New 
England rum, glycerine, ammonia and water; shake 
well together and let it stand four days ; it may then 
be filtered if desired. 

If you want a bay rum, or in fact anything for which 
recipes are furnished, select the one you want prepared, 
take it to a druggist and have it put up ; or get the 
materials called for and prepare it yourself. It will be 
equal to any of the high-priced preparations if my in- 
structions are followed. 



BAY RUM 

FOR GENTLEMEN 



This recipe makes a bay rum truly superb, to use 
after shampooing or shaving. There is something that 
seems peculiar to this particular combination. In 
some instances it may be a little too strong, and sm:r.t 



For Toilet mid Household Use. 133 

on the face too much to be comfortable. When such 
is the case reduce it with water to suit. 

Most gentlemen like a bay rum that will take hold 
sharp ; they generally find it a difficult matter to get 
any such at the barber shops. To be independent of 
the barber's bay rum (at 5 cents extra), select the par- 
ticular recipe that you may like, and make a bay rum 
that costs less, but is worth more money. 

The particular bay rum made after this formula will 
prove very satisfactory, as it is much pleasanter to use 
than the ordinary kinds. It also gives to the heated 
skin during the summer season a very cooling and re- 
freshed feeling. It would be difficult to find its supe- 
rior. 

Take 

Pure Oil Bay Leaves, li drachm. 
" " Pimento, i drachm. 
" " Sassafras, 10 drops. 
Ottar Roses, 2 drops. 
Acetic Ether, i ounce. 
Spirits Lavender Comp., i ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, li ounce. 
Pure Water, 4i ounces. 
Alcohol, 1 pint and 9 ounces. 
Dissolve the oils in the alcohol; then add spirits 
lavender comp., acetic ether, glycerine and water ; 
shake together thoroughly, then let stand three days. 
It may be filtered, but this is not actually necessary ; 
it adds to the appearance, but not to the quality of the 
rum. 



134 Recipes and Preparations 

BAY RUM, (Ordinary). 

The following recipe will make a very fair quality 
for general use ; it is considerably cheaper than any of 
the others for which recipes are furnished; but it 
makes a very desirable rum and is just the thing for 
common every-day use, where the question of expense 
comes into consideration. 

Take 

Pure Oil Bay Leaves, 1 drachm. 

" " Allspice, 1 drachm. 

" " Cloves, 20 drops. 

" " Bergamot, 15 drops. 
Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Acetic Acid, 2 drachms. 
Jamaica Rum, 4 ounces. 
Alcohol, 2i pints. 
Water, 1-J- pint. 

Dissolve the oils in the alcohol ; then add the gly- 
cerine, acetic acid, Jamaica rum, and lastly the water; 
shake all together thoroughly and let stand four days. 
If filtering through paper fails to bring it out nice and 
clear, it should be filtered through powdered carbonate 
of magnesia; place this right in the bottle containing 
the bay rum ; then proceed to filter just as though 
there was no magnesia in, except that it must be well 
shaken before it is poured upon the filter ; if it does 
not come out clear the first time it passes through the 
filter, run it through again. This may be repeated as 
many times as necessary to bring the rum through 
bright and clear. It will take from 1 to 2 ounces of 
magnesia for the whole amount of the recipe. 

It will be noticed that all the recipes for making bay 
rum have a similarity ; yet each one has peculiarities of 



For Toilet and Household Use. 135 

its own. Of course, the particular ingredient to which 
all bay ram owes its prominent odor is the oil contained 
in, and procured from, the leaves of the bay tree, and 
generally called oil of bay. The other ingredients are 
added to vary the character of it, and also to suit con- 
ditions of demand ; they all affect the result. 

The formulas in this book are the results of my 
experimenting with different combinations ; they have 
all been used and thoroughly tried for a number of 
years, and the popular verdict is that they possess all 
the good qualities I claim for them. They will positively 
prove satisfactory, and you will at the same time be 
saving money. 

PART VII. 

TOILET WATERS. 

This is a subject every refined lady and gentlemen 
is deeply interested in. 

The following recipes produce toilet waters which 
are much superior to a great many of those that are 
sold. 

They will produce perfumed water which will at 
once suggest to a person a bouquet of flowers in bloom ; 
their odor can only be equaled by that of the natural 
flowers. What is more delicious or can start the ima- 
gination quicker, than the fragrant odor of one of these 
beautiful toilet waters ! 

It will, so to speak, take a person right in among a 
thousand different beautiful flowers, where their ex- 
quisite odor may be inhaled. 



136 Recipes and Preparations 

I respectfully submit my recipes for making the dif- 
ferent toilet waters to an exacting public, feeling sat- 
isfied the universal verdict will be that they are not 
excelled by any. 

Any of these perfumed or toilet waters may be used 
in the sick room, where they often exercise a beneficial 
influence upon the invalid. There is something so 
hopeful and refreshing in them that the patient is in- 
spired with confidence in the future. 

The paper which comes made for filters can be 
obtained from the Druggist, v/ho will show you just 
how to fold the filter, for use. 

The filter paper comes cut in circular form ; it is 
generally folded once, making a half circle. Fold it 
over and over until it is made into folds about an 
inch wide at the top ; then open it out and place it 
in a funnel ; it will readily shape itself to the sides of 
the funnel. Be careful not to break the point of the 
paper while folding it. Place the funnel in the bottle 
and pour the liquid into the filter slowly; if put in 
suddenly and in large quantity the filter would be very 
apt to break. Keep adding more until all the liquid 
has been passed through the paper filter. Sometimes it 
is necessary to do this more than once. When it is 
properly done, the result is a beautiful, bright, clear, 
sparkling preparation. 

This rule applies to all liquid preparations which 
require filtering. 

In preparing these toilet waters use only the best 
materials; otherwise the completed preparation will 
disappoint you. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 137 

HELIOTROPE WATER. 

FOB THE TOILET. 

This recipe makes a very fine preparation, and gives 
general satisfaction. 

Take 

Ess. Oil Bitter Almonds, i drachm. 

u Rhodium, 20 drops. 

" Rose, pure, 5 " 

" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 

" Neroli Petale, i drachm. 
Extract Vanilla, true, 1 ounce. 
Fluid Ext. Orris Root, 1 ounce. 
Extract Musk, true, 3 drachms. 
Extract Civet, 1 drachm. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Pure Alcohol, 1 pint. 

Prepare by dissolving all the oils in the alcohol ; 
then add the extracts and lastly the water. Shake well 
together and let it stand three days. If it becomes 
cloudy run it through a filter paper to clear it up. 

This toilet water may be used in about the same 
way that cologne waters are used. 

The above is a very superior preparation ; a small 
quantity added to the bath water will produce a de- 
lightful effect, and give to the skin a fragrant odor. 



VIOLET TOILET WATER. 

The market is full of preparations by this name; 
some are very fine, but extremely high-priced, or else 
of poor quality. 



138 Recipes and Preparations 

The following recipe produces a violet water which 
will stand comparison with the very best, while the 
majority cannot begin to equal it for fragrance and 
lasting qualities. Therefore, when a violet water is 
desired which possesses all the most desirable features, 
do not hesitate to use this one. 
Take 

Oil Ylang Ylang, 10 drops. 
" Cinnamon, true, 20 drops. 
" Lemon grass, 20 drops. 
" Cloves, 10 drops. 
« Bergamot, 1 drachm. 
" Lavender Flowers, i drachm. 
Extract Violets, i ounce. 
Fluid Extract Orris Root, 1 ounce. 
Benzoic Acid, \ drachm. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Peppermint leaves, 1 drachm. 
Alcohol, 14 ounces. 
Prepare by dissolving the benzoic acid and all the 
oils in the alcohol ; then add the extracts, rose water, 
and peppermint leaves, shake well together and let it 
stand four days, during which time it should be shaken 
twice a day ; then filter through paper as above, or pour 
off. 



FLORIDA WATER. 

This Toilet requisite is so well known it is sufficient 

to say that this recipe will make a Florida Water equal 

to any. 

Take 

Oil Sweet Orange, 2 drachms. 
" Bergamot, 2 drachms. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 139 

Oil Lavender Flowers, 2 drachms. 
44 Neroli Petale, 2 drops. 
44 Rose Geranium, 20 drops. 
44 Cinnamon, true, 10 drops. 
44 Cloves, 10 drops. 
44 Sandal Wood, 15 drops. 
44 Pimento, 5 drops. 
44 Lemon grass, 5 drops. 
Chloroform, 1 drachm. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirits, 14 ounces. 
Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the oils in the cologne spirits, add the 
chloroform and rose water, shake well and let stand 
four days, when, if necessary, filter ; this of course only 
is done when the preparation has stood the four days and 
has become cloudy ; when filtered it will clear it up 
and improve its appearance. 



FRENCH LAVENDER WATER. 

This recipe will make a Lavender Water that will 
in every way be equal to the imported French prepara- 
tion ; it is exceedingly fragrant, lasting, and very 
refined ; it has been a great favorite with people who 
have used it. It is made as follows : 
Take 

Oil Lavender Flowers, 4 drachms. 
44 Bergamot, 1 drachm. 
44 Lemon, fresh, 1 drachm. 
44 Cloves, 5 drops. 
44 Rose, pure, 3 drops. 
44 Civet, 20 drops. 
Extract Ambergris, i drachm, 



140 Recipes and Preparations 

Balsam Peru, 1 drachm. 
French Spirits, 15 ounces. 
Orange-flower Water, 1 ounce. . 

Prepare as follows : 

Mix the oils, balsam Peru, and extract ambergris 
with the French spirits, and shake well ; then add the 
<»range flower water and repeat the shaking; then 
let it stand four days. If it becomes cloudy, filter it as 
above directed. If necessary some powdered carbonate 
or calcined magnesia may be added to it in the bottle 
before filtering. This is very strong, but not rank, as 
it is beautifully blended. 



AMERICAN LAVENDER WATER. 

This recipe makes a favorite preparation. It is very 

agreeable and lasting, and produces a genteel and 

delicate odor. It can be had by having the following 

combination put together: 

Take 

Oil Patchouly, i drachm. 

" Lavender Flowers, i ounce. 

" Cloves, 15 drops. 

" Winter-green, 15 drops. 

" Bay Leaves, \ drachms. 

" Ylang Ylang, 10 drops. 
Benzoic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Orange Flower Water, 1 ounce. 
Best Alcohol, 1 pint. 

Prepare by dissolving the benzoic acid and the oils 

in the alcohol ; then add the orange flower water ; 

shake together well and let stand five days ; then it 

may be filtered. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 141 

This is a very pleasant perfume to add to the bath 
water ; it makes the greatest improvement imaginable 
in the effect the bath has upon the skin. 



"THE AMBER" LAVENDER WATER. 

This recipe makes a preparation which has consider- 
able color. Many people hold it in high esteem, and 
use it in preference to any perfumery. 

When a very fine amber water is desired this can 
always be relied upon. It is equal to any of the 
expensive preparations of this character on the market. 
The materials must, of course, be the very best and 
freshest. There actually are few toilet waters which 
are used with more genuine gratification than this one. 
When bathing add a small quantity to the water in 
which the bath is to be taken. This is where its good 
qualities are brought out to the best advantage. 
Take 

Oil Sandal Wood, 1 drachm. 
" Lavender Flowers, 4 drachms. 
" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
44 Sassafras, i drachm. 
44 Cassia, 20 drops. 
" Cloves, 20 drops. 
44 Nutmegs, 

44 Allspice, each, 15 drops. 
" Patchouly, 20 drops. 
Extract Vanilla, true, 2 drachms. 
Tincture Red Saunders, 4 drachms. 
Excract Musk, true, 4 drachms. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirits, 1 pint. 



142 Recipes and P 'reparations 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the oils in the spirits; add the extract, 
tincture red saunders, and lastly the rose water; then 
shake well and let it alone four days ; then filter, if 
necessary, to have it come out bright and clear. Use 
it whenever Amber Lavender Water is desired. 



"VERBENA TOILET WATER." 

This recipe makes a combination that commands the 
admiration of those who use it. It has lasting proper- 
ties that are very striking, and is also very pleasant 
and a little different from the majority of this class of 
preparations. 

Take 

Pure Fresh Oil Verbena, 1| drachm. 

Glvcerine, 1 ounce. 

Oil Lemon Grass, 8 drachms. 

" Lemon, fresh, 1 drachm. 

" Neroli, i drachm. 
Fluid Extract Orris-root, 1 ounce* 
Extract Tonka Beans, £ ounce. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce* 
French Spirits, 1 pint- 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve the oils in the spirit ,• then add extracts and 
rose water ; shake well together ; then let it stand four 
days ; then, if it requires it, filter through paper. 

Keep well corked. Use as desired, same as cologne 
or perfumery. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 143 



« THE FRANKLIN TOILET WATER." 

This recipe makes a toilet water the name of which 
is no doubt new to most readers. 

It is one I have put up for some time ; it has always 
met with the highest praise and was very much appre- 
ciated. 

I therefore submit the recipe with the feeling that it 
will find a place among the most popular preparations. 
The combination is as follows : 

Take 

Oil Ylang Ylang, 20 drops* 

" Cloves, 16 drops. 

" Thyme, pure, 10 drops. 

" Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 

" Verbena, pure, i drachm. 

" Rose Geranium, 1J drachms. 

" Lavender Flowers, 2| drachm* 

44 Canada Snake Root, i drachm. 

" Nutmegs, fresh, \ drachm. 
Extract Musk, 2 drachms. 
Tincture Tolu, 3 drachms. 
Chloroform, \ drachm. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirits, 1 pint. 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve all the oils in the spirit; then add the chlo- 
roform, tincture tolu, extract musk and rose water; 
shnke well together; then allow it to stand quiet for 
six days ; after which filter it sufficient to bring it out 
bright and clear. 

This perfume will be found a most exquisite and 
delightful toilet water. 



144 Recipes and Preparations 

TOILET OR AROMATIC VINEGAR. 

This is a preparation highly prized by people who 
are acquainted with its merits. It has a very cooling 
and soothing effect when applied to the skin. It is 
often used as an application to the head, and will allay 
headache, and that feeling of faintness which is at times 
so troublesome to control. 

It may also be used in the sick chamber with the 

«/ 

most beneficial results. Applied to the forehead, it will 
refresh the patient, and induce much needed rest for 
the almost worn out sufferer, who will wake up with 
new hope and courage. 

Toilet or Aromatic Vinegar has been used a great 
many years, and many people are well acquainted with 
its medicinal properties, as well as its great merits as 
a toilet preparation, to those who are not familiar with 
it, I would recommend the following recipe for Aro- 
matic Vinegar : 
Take 

Pulv. gum Camphor, 1 drachm. 
Oil Lemon fresh, 1 drachm. 
" Lavender flowers, \ drachm. 
" Cloves, 25 drops. 
" Lemon-grass, 4 drops. 
Tincture, Benzoin plain, 1 drachm. 

" Storax, 1 drachm. 

Extract Tonka true, 1 drachm. 
Fluid Extract Orris Root, 1 drachm. 
Acetic Acid, 1J ounce. 
Rose Water, 2| ounces. 
Cologne Spirits, 12 ounces. 
Prepare by dissolving the oils and camphor gum in the 
spirit; then add the tinct. benzoin, storax, and tonka; 
shake together ; then add the other ingredients, the 



For Toilet and Household Use. 145 

rose water last. Finally give it all a good shaking ; 
let it stand quiet four days, when it may be filtered. 

Directions for using. 

Apply it to the surface of parts affected ; it may be 
used as a liniment by rubbing it on lightly, or a cloth 
can be saturated with it and laid on to the affected 
place. 

When it is wanted for inhalation a small sponge may 
be saturated with the vinegar, put into a smelling bottle, 
and used as vinaigrette. The latter mode is employed 
largely by people who suffer with frequent headaches 
or fainting spells. 

The effect it has upon these maladies will surprise 
those who have never used it. It should also be applied 
to the forehead *in conjunction with the inhalation for 
headache. 

It can also be used to good advantage to odorize a 
room. The best way perhaps is to use an Atomizer, 
which with its fine spray, will odorize a room quicker 
and more perfectly than any other mode. Another 
way is to fill a dish with the vinegar and let it stand in 
the room ; or saturate some cloths and suspend them 
in the room in different places. It can be done in any 
manner that will be the most convenient. 



TOILET REQUISITES. 

The selection of Perfumes, Toilet Water, Cologne, 
Bay Rum, Powders, Balms, Creams, Lotions, Hair 
Preparations, or any of the various preparations used 

TO 



146 Recipes and Preparations 

in completing the toilet, must to a large extent be left 
to each individual's tastes and peculiarities. There- 
fore it would be unwise to undertake to lay down any 
rule to govern the matter. 

I can frankly say, however, that this work will be of 
more aid in selecting the kind each person may want 
than anything else which has ever been offered to the 
public. It is composed of tried formulas originated by 
a thoroughly practical pharmacist of nearly twenty 
years' experience ; these have been compiled with 
great care and are varied enough to enable all to find 
just what is wanted, together with an exceedingly 
large amount of practical and reliable information, 
suggestions, instructions and other matter of interest. 



PART VI I L 

COLOGNES. 

This is a subject which a great many will bo pleased 
to read a little about. . If there is a class of preparations 
in which the public is more deceived I have yet to 
learn what they are. There is a vast difference in the 
quality of colognes ; from the good grades which usu- 
ally sell at exorbitant prices to the poor grade that 
never ought to be called cologne. Many of them are 
nothing but a weak mixture of about 15 per cent of 
alcohol and water, and a small quantity of cheap oils. 

From the recipes following can be produced colognes 



For Toilet and Household Use. 147 

which will bear comparison with the best, whether do- 
mestic or imported. 

This superior line of Colognes I have put up more or 
le.ss for a number of years. I have from time to time 
improved upon them until in their present shape they 
are gems by themselves. From the great variety here 
submitted there should be no difficulty in finding a 
Cologne which will possess the desired qualities, and 
merit the approval of the most fastidious. 

In making these Colognes the purest and freshest 
material is absolutely necessary to insure good results. 
An impure or old essential oil will completely upset the 
best formula that was ever written. 

When these recipes are prepared from good material 
they produce first class preparations that will be satis- 
factory in every particular. 



BEGY'S FAVORITE COLOGNE. 

I trust my readers w^ill not consider me extra vain in 
giving my name to the following recipe for making this 
cologne. 

I think I am justified in doing so, for this particular 
recipe is one for which I have on several occasions 
refused to accept a considerable sum of money. As 
long as I remained in the drug business, I refused to 
sell my recipes after giving up the business I con- 
cluded to publish this book, on which I had been work- 
ing for a long time and decided to put only my very 
best formulas in it. This cologne recine is one of them. 



148 Recipes and Preparations 

Begy's favorite cologne can always be relied upon as 
an elegant, delicate, yet lasting application. 

Take. 

Oil Sandal Wood, yellow, 2 drachms. 

Sweet Orange, 2 drachms. 

Rose Geranium, i drachm. 

Patchouly, 20 drops. 

Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 

Ylang Ylang, 10 

Rose pure, 3 

Cloves, 10 

Peppermint, 3 

Anise Seed, 10 
Balsam Peru, 1 drachm. 
Butyric Ether, f drachm. 
Glycerine, \ ounce. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirit, 1 pint. 

Prepare as follows : 

Dissolve all the oils and balsam Peru in the spirit ; 
then add the butyric ether, glycerine and rose water ; 
shake all together ; let stand quietly 4 days, then 
filter and use as wanted. 

Note. — After the colognes have been made and 
allowed to stand the required time, they will throw 
down a precipitate to the bottom. This does not im- 
pair the cologne a particle, except in appearance; it 
is objectionable, of course, to those who have been in 
the habit of using cologne waters which are perfectly 
clear. The remedy is to filter the colognes in the 
same manner, substantially, as the Bay Rums. This 
will give a finished cologne, as fine appearing as any 
can be. I have always made it a practice to allow my 
colognes to stand several days after they were made 



For Toilet and Household Use. 149 

before I filtered them; frequently when they are filtered 
as soon as the ingredients are put together they will 
throw down more or less sediment afterwards. 

When a cologne is made up and allowed to stand 
for some time, before filtering, the finished cologne 
proves to be more satisfactory, and is more presentable, 
which I always found to be of considerable advantage 
in selling it. 

Some of these colognes are made up from recipes which 
require no filtering, and can be used just as they are, or 
after being poured off. When filtering is necessary, 
and you are not inclined to do it yourself, it can be done 
by having the druggist put the materials together and 
filter it after letting it stand a few clays. 



ITALIAN COLOGNE. 

This recipe makes a fine and lasting cologne. It is 
very sweet and fragrant, and will compare favorably 
with the high priced imported colognes. It will stand 
on its merits, and when once used, will be highly ap- 
preciated. 

Take 

Oil Neroli Petale, \ drachm. 
" Lavender Flower, 2 drachms. 
" Bergamot, 2 drachms. 
" Cedrat, (citron) 1 drachm. 
" Sweet Orange, 1 drachm. 
" Sandal Wood, 1 drachm. 
" Cassia. 
" Cardamon Seed. 
" Cloves, each 10 drops. 



150 Recipes and Preparation* 

Tinct. Tolu, i ounce. 
True Grain Musk, 3 grains. 
Butyric Ether, i drachm. 
Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirit, 1 pint. 

Dissolve the oils in the spirit ; add the tincture tolu, 
musk, ether and water ; shake all together ; then allow 
it to stand one week before filtering through paper ; or 
if necessary to clear it, filter through the magnesia as 
directed in making bay rum. 



SWEET ORANGE COLOGNE. 

As the name implies, this recipe will produce a 
cologne that reminds one of oranges and orange groves 
so that it will be comparatively easy to imagine oneself 
in Florida among oranges and flowers- It is delicious 
bo use ; its sweetness is very much admired by peo- 
ale who desire a soft sweet cologne. It has none of 
the hard, harsh or coarse characteristics so common in 
a large number of colognes to which people of sensitive 
natures find so much objection. 
Take 

Oil Sweet Orange, 4 drachms. 
Neroli PetalL 

Lemon Fresh, each i drachm. 
Lavender Flower, i drachm. 
Anise Seed, ^ drachm. 
Bitter Almond, 5 drops. 
Cloves, 20 drops.- 
Cinnamon, true, 5 drops. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Chloroform, \ drachm. 
Cologne Spirit. 1 pint. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 151 

Dissolve the oils in the spirit ; add the chloroform, 
and rose water ; shake well together, then let it 
stand four days ; filter if necessary. 

The above is a very fine perfume for indoor use, as 
it is fragrant and sweet. 

Note. — It will be noticed that in a number of recipes 
for making colognes, bay rum and a few other prepara- 
tions, the formulas call for cologne spirit. The very best 
alcohol, which is nearly free from fusel-oil and all im- 
parities, is generally designated by this name, imply- 
ing an alcohol purer than that commonly sold. 



THE ORIENT COLOGNE. 

The following recipe makes a cologne that is very 
strong and not quite as fine and delicate as some of the 
others. It is agreeable and pleasant, and no doubt it 
will find a great many admirers who will prefer it to 
any other. 

This recipe will make about one quart. It will keep 
any length of time, but if this quantity is too large, re- 
duce the ingredients to suit. 

Take 

Oil Wintergreen, i drachm. 
" Lemon Grass, i drachm. 
" Bergamot, 3 drachms. 
" Lavender Flowers, 4 drachms. 
" Cloves, 1 drachm. 
" Cassia, 

" Sassafras, each J drachm. 
" Bitter Almonds, 20 drops. 
" Rose Mary, 1 drachm. 
" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 



152 Recipes and Preparation* 

Oil Bay Leaves, J drachm. 
Pulv. Camphor Gum 5 grains. 
Pure Water, 5 ounces. 
Alcohol, 28 ounces. 

Prepare by dissolving the oils in the alcohol ; then 
add the camphor and water ; then shake it all together 
and let it stand four days, after which it may be filtered. 
Keep in bottles tightly corked, and use as wanted. 



AMERICAN COLOGNE. 

This recipe produces a cologne that will cause the 
tflood to tingle in the veins of all patriotic citizens who 
delight in home made products, and would no doubt 
delight the eagle if he could only have the opportunity 
of using it. Its beautiful flowery odor has no equal. 
It has all the essential elements of a first-class cologne. 

Take 

Oil Bergamot, 3 drachms. 
44 Rose Mary, i drachm. 
" Red Cedar, 1 drachm. 
" Lemon fresh, 1 drachm. 
" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
" Orange Flowers, i drachm. 
" Sandal Wood, 1 drachm. 
" Wild Ginger Root, i drachm. 
Benzoic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Extract Musk, true, 2 drachms. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirit, 1 pint. 
Prepare by dissolving the oils and benzoic acid in the 
cologne spirits ; then add the musk and rose water ; 
shake well tgether and let it stand six days, after 
which filter it. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 153 

GERMAN COLOGNE. 

There are a great many colognes called German. 
Nearly all the druggists make it, besides selling numer- 
ous other kinds, both domestic and imported. The 
public is therefore familiar with this name as applied 
to colognes. There is a vast difference in them ; there 
are no two druggists who make it alike. Every one is 
peculiar to itself, and is generally as little like old 
fashioned German cologne as an artificial rose is like a 
natural one. 

I tried a great many different combinations with 
varying success, until I finally produced the following, 
which from its very introduction seemed to be just 
what every lover of German cologne wanted. It 
possesses all the desirable features of this very popular 
cologne, without having any of the objectionable qual- 
ities so frequently met with in a large number of the 
so-called German colognes. I have no hesitation in 
saying that this is as good a German cologne as was 
ever made. 

Take 

Oil Lemon-grass, i drachm. 

" Sweet Orange, 4 drachms. 

" Bergamot, 4 " 

" Lavender flowers, 4 " 

" Rose Mary, 20 drops. 

" Neroli Petal, i drachm. 

" Rose Geranium, 1 " 

" Ceylon Cinnamon, 10 drops. 
Camphor Gum, 4 grains. 
Chloroform, \ drachm. 
Extract Musk, 4 drachms. 
Butyric Ether, \ « 



154 Recipes and Preparations 

Benzoic Acid, 1 ounce. 

Rose Water, 1J ounce. 

Cologne Spirit 1% pint. 
Prepare by adding the oils, camphor, benzoic acid, 
and chloroform to the spirit shake well until dissolved, 
then add extract musk butyric ether, and rose water ; 
shake quite briskly for a short time ; then let it stand 
for six days, after which it may be filtered, if necessary. 



PATCHOULY COLOGNE. 

The following recipe makes a cologne in which the 
patchouly is the most prominent, a feature that is very 
much admired by lovers of this particular perfume. Tt 
has extraordinary lasting powers, for which a great 
many prefer it to almost any other kind. When, there- 
fore, a patchouly perfume is wanted, one that will have 
lasting qualities without being rank, one that will be 
pleasant and fragrant, use this one. 
Take 

Oil Patchouly, 1 drachm. 
" Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
" Cardamon Seeds, 20 drops. 
" Lavender Flower, 1 drachm. 
" Ylang Ylang, 10 drops. 
" Bergamot, 2 drachms. 
Extract Vanilla, true, i ounce. 
Orange Flower Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirit, 15 ounces. 

This should be prepared by dissolving the oils in the 
spirit ; then add the extract vanilla and orange 
water; shake up thoroughly; then let stand five days, 
after which if necessary filter it, and it is ready for use. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 155 

WHITE ROSE COLOGNE. 

Among all the colognes there is none which can lay 
claim to being finer and more delicate than that made 
from the following recipe. It will positively make as 
fine a quality of white rose as any ever offered to the 
public. It has a sweet delicious fragrance that surprises 
a person when using it for the first time. Any one not 
familiar with such matters would hardly realize that 
such close resemblance to a bouquet of flowers in 
which roses predominate could result from this com- 
bination. But such is the case. There is not an atom 
of coarseness about it. It is a grand combination of 
refinement with good lasting qualities ; features which 
make it a favorite with both ladies and gentlemen. 

In making it or having it made, use only the very 
best materials. 
Take 

Pure Ottar of Roses, 10 drops. 
Oil Rose Geranium, 1 drachm. 
" Sandal wood, 1 " 

" Bay Leaves, 10 drops. 
" Ylang Ylang, 15 drops. 
Butyric Ether, i drachm. 
Extract of Musk, true, 2 drachms. 
Rose Water, 1 ounce. 
Cologne Spirits, 1 pint. 
Prepare by dissolving the oils in the spirit ; it must 
be thoroughly shaken until all are dissolved; then add 
the extract musk, butyric ether and rose water. 
Now give it another good shaking ; then keep it in a 
moderately warm place for four days, after which filter 
it ; when it will be ready to delight all with its fra- 
grant, flowery odor. 



156 Recipes and Preparations 

JOCKEY CLUB COLOGNE. 

The following formula makes a cologne which is liked 
by nearly everybody. When you desire a good stand- 
ard cologne, which is fragrant and refined in character, 
use the jockey club. The name jockey club as applied 
to perfumery is now quite old; the jockey club perfume 
has had an enormous sale, and is so well known that 
it is not necessary to enter into an elaborate descrip- 
tion of its qualities. I trust the superiority of this 
cologne will be so manifest to those who use it, that the 
goods will talk for themselves. 

This recipe makes a cologne that cannot be to highly 
praised. Give it a trial. 

Take 

Oil Lemon, fresh, 2 drachms. 
" Lavender Flower, 2 drachms. 
" Bergamot, 4 " 

Oil Neroli Petale, 15 drops. 
" Cinnamon, true, 5 drops. 
" Cloves, 4 drops. 
" Civet, 40 drops. 
" Ambergris, 20 drops. 
" Cedrat (citrons), 15 drops. 
" Sweet flag, (calumus), 20 drops. 
Otta Rose, pure, 3 drops. 
Ess. Jasmin, 2 drachms. 
Extract Musk, true, 2 drachms. 
Orange Flower Water, 2 ounces. 
Cologne Spirits, 29 ounces. 
Prepare by dissolving the oils in the spirit ; then 
add the extracts jasmine, musk, and the orange water, 
shake together thoroughly for a short time ; then allow 
to stand 4 to 6 days ; after this filter it, and use it to 
your heart's content. 



For Toilet and Household Use, 157 

THE MABEL COLOGNE. 

The following recipe will produce a very superior 
cologne ; one that has some lovely features which 
cannot fail to be commended. 

It has a most delicious fragrance. There are very 
few perfumes or colognes which surpass this one, when 
used in the bath, for it gives to the body a delightful 
odor not unlike perfumery. A small quantity put into 
the water in which the face, neck and hands are bathed, 
will produce a most remarkable effect upon the skin, 
making it very soft and velvety. 

No lady will do without this exquisite toilet 
requisite after she has once used it, for it certainly is 
not excelled by any cologne in the world for softness 
and smoothness, especially when used in the water in 
which the bath is taken. 

Take 

Oil Sandal Wood, 3 drachms. 

" Lavender flowers, 3 drachms. 

" Bergamot, 4 drachms. 

44 Bay Leaves, i drachm. 

" Ylang Ylang, 12 drops. 

44 Cloves, 8 drops. 

" Sassafras, 16 drops. 

44 Patchouly, \ drachm. 

44 Peppermint, 3 drops. 
Balsam Peru, 1 drachm. 
Pulv. Borax, 2 drachms. 
Glycerine, 2 ounces. 
Extract Musk, 2 drachms. 
Extract Vanilla, pure, 1 ounce. 
Chloroform, \\ drachm. 
Rose Water, 2 ounces. 



158 Recipes and Preparations 

Cologne Spirits, 28 ounces. 
Prepare this cologne by adding the oils, balsam, 
peru and chloroform to the spirit; then shake 
well together. Add the borax to the glycerine; 
dissolve by agitating it, and add the rose water after 
they have been shaken together. Combine the two 
mixtures ; give all a brisk and thorough shaking up ; 
then let it stand from four to eight days, when it may 
be filtered. If it does not clear up nicely of itself, put 
it through paper ; then put about half an ounce pulv. 
charcoal right into the cologne ; then pour on to the 
filter ; and repeat until it comes out clear. 



FRENCH COLOGNE. 

The following recipe makes a cologne that closely 
resembles some of the most renowned French colognes. 
It is perfectly elegant ; its fragrance is not surpassed 
by any. I can safely say this recipe will not lack 
admirers. 

It has been repeatedly demonstrated that with a 
pure quality of materials w^e can make just as good 
colognes in this country as they do in France or else- 
where. The first element of success in doing so is to 
have a recipe that on trial will produce a first class 
grade of cologne. 

The recipes in this book, come up to the above 
requirements ; they are all of the same standard of 
excellence. Hence this book is worth its price many 
times over. 

The French Cologne is made thus : 



For Toilet and Household Use. 159 

Take 

Oil Lemon fresh, 2 drachms. 
" Sweet Orange, 2 drachms. 
" Rosemary, fresh, 1 drachm. 
" Bergamot, 2 drachms. 
" Neroli Fetale, i drachm. 
44 Rose Geranium, i drachm. 
44 Cloves, 10 drops. 
44 Allspice, 20 drops. 
44 Carclamon Seed, \ drachm. 
True Grain Musk, 3 grains. 
Acetic Ether, 2 drachms. 
Cologne Spirits, 1 pint. 
Orange Flower Water, 1 ounce. 
Prepare by dissolving the oils in the spirit; then 
add the musk, acetic ether and orange water. Shake all 
together thoroughly. Then allow it to stand for eight 
days, during which time it should be occasionally 
agitated ; when the term has expired filter it through 
paper or if necessary through pulverized charcoal or 
magnesia, as previously suggested. When completed 
it will have a beautiful bright appearance. 



PART IX. 

SACHET POWDERS. 

This particular feature will no doubt greatly interest 
the ladies, in this age of sachet powders, rose leaf 
jans, potpouri powder, and jars, and the other 
numerous artifices which are resorted to in order to 
perfume or odorize the house, the dressing case, trunk, 
bureau drawers, and other places which have to be taken 



160 Recipes and Preparations 

care of. There are a large number of other purposes to 
which the sachet powders are well adapted, especially in 
the making up of fancy things in which a small amount 
of the powder adds to the attractiveness of the article. 

The sachet powders sold in stores are quite expen- 
sive, but with the recipes for making them in your 
possession this will not be the case, and they can be 
used freely ; without this advantage they are generally 
used sparingly on account of their expense. 

Note. — In making the sachet powders it is only nec- 
essary to follow nearly the same instructions ; what 
applies to one will be equally applicable to all of them. 
The subjoined recipes make sachet powders that will 
be well liked, and equal to any in the market, pro- 
vided fresh material is used in making them. Any one 
of them may be used in the various jars, such as rose 
leaf, potpouri, and the various other kinds. 

It is altogether a matter of preference as to which 
one is the best. They are all very strong and lasting]; 
any one of them will no doubt give excellent satisfac- 
tion, for they all compare favorably with far more 
expensive preparations, either domestic or imported. 
When made from fresh material, there are very few 
powders that are equal to these. The general rule for 
making the different sachet powders is to follow these 
instructions : — When a recipe calls for an article to be 
ground, it should not be pulverized ; but should be put 
in an iron mortar and pounded to the required fine- 
ness. This does away with the clogging of the mill in 
grinding the materials. It does not take long to pound, 
bruise and grind up the articles in the iron mortar. 
Do not grind too fine, and yet there should be no 



For Toilet and Household Use. 161 

large pieces left in any article ; it should all be about 
the same grade of fineness. 

All the ingredients should be well mixed in order to 
get the most satisfactory preparations. This holds 
good in making sachet powders as well as in making 
the other preparations in this book. It is important 
to have everything just right before going ahead. All 
the ingredients should be fresh and of the best quality. 
Do not take anything else ; insist on having them in 
this condition or not at all. Some of the ingredients 
called for may have been in stock a long time, and 
consequently have become almost inert. Never use 
these under any consideration, as it would prove de- 
trimental and spoil the fine odor of the combination. 

All sachet powders should be well sealed up when 
not in actual use ; they will thereby retain their odor 
and strength a much longer period. 

It will perhaps be a good plan when you want one 
of the sachet powders made up to have your druggist 
put it together for you, as he has all the necessary fa- 
cilities for doing it ; he can do it so much better than 
you, without much additional cost. 



YLANG YLANG SACHET POWDER. 

This recipe produces an elegant, very sweet and del- 
icate powder, which is very much admired by people 
of refined taste. 

Take 

Ground Flor. Orris Root, 4 ounces. 
" Gum Benzoine, i ounce, 
ii 



162 Recipes and Preparations 

Ottar Rose, pure, 5 drops. 
Oil Ylang Ylang, £ drachm. 

" Sweet Orange, 1 drachm. 

" Patchouly, \ drachm. 
Grain Musk, true, 5 grains. 

Prepare by mixing the ground ingredients ; then 
add the oils and musk, and thoroughly rub them to- 
gether until the whole is thoroughly mixed. 



DAMASK ROSE SACHET POWDER. 

The subjoined formula produces a powder which has 
been used a great deal ; it is a recipe from which I 
have made the powder for a number of years. It has 
always given the most decided satisfaction. I never 
hesitated to recommend it ; I know the recipe will be 
liked, as the powder has all the elements necessary to 
make a good sachet. 

Take 

Ground Red Rose Leaves, J 

" Yellow Sandal Wood, > Each 1 ounce. 
" Plor. Orris Root, ) 

" Vanilla Bean, 2 drachms. 
Oil Bergamo t, 1 drachm. 
" Ylang Ylang, 15 drops. 
" Cinnamon, true, 5 drops. 
Ottar Rose, pure. 8 drops. 
Pulv. Camphor Gum, 2 grains. 
Mix all the ground ingredients together ; add the 
camphor; then rub them together well and add the 
oils gradually ; keep stirring during the time the oils 
are being added. This should be very thoroughly 
mixed. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 163 

HELIOTROPE SACHET POWDER. 

This recipe makes a heliotrope powder that is un- 
surpassed. I have sold as much, if not more, of this 
than of any other powder. It always has received 
very flattering praise from those using it. 

Whenever you want a heliotrope powder, the odor 
of which resembles the flora, take this one. It will 
please you. 

Take 

Ground Flor. Orris Root, 2 ounces. 

" Red Rose Leaves, 4 drachms. 

" Tonka Beans. 

" Vanilla Beans, each 2 drachms. 
Best Grain Musk, 3 grains. 
Oil Civet, 10 drops. 

" Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 
Otta Rose, pure, 3 drops. 
Oil Ceylon Cinnamon, 2 drops. 

Prepare by mixing all the ground ingredients to- 
gether; add the musk; then stir the whole up 
thoroughly ; then mix the oils and gradually add them 
to the ground mixture ; keep stirring the whole until 
they are well mixed. The more thoroughly this is 
done the better the sachet powders will be. The mix- 
ing divides the ingredients, and they become very 
evenly distributed. It is absolutely necessary to have 
the oils well distributed through the powder; this is 
really the secret of getting a sachet powder, with the 
perfume just alike all through it. 



164 Recipes and Preparations 

WHITE ROSE SACHET POWDER. 

This powder is perhaps one of the most delicate 
among them all ; yet as it is made from this recipe it is 
lasting. This is a very important matter with a white 
rose sachet ; most of them do not hold their odor. I 
know from long experience with this recipe that the 
powder is very fine, delicate, lasting, and altogether a 
superb white rose. 

Take 

Pulverized Flor. Orris Root, 3 ounces. 
Ottar of Roses, pure, 6 drops. 
Oil Rose Geranium, i drachm. 

" Patchouly, 15 drops. 

" Sweet Orange, i drachm. 

" Ceylon Cinnamon, true, 2 drops. 
Grain Musk, true, 3 grains, 

Prepare by adding the oils and musk to the pulver- 
ized orris root ; then rub all together until they are 
completely commingled. 

It will be noticed in these formulas for making the 
different sachet powders, that they nearly all contain 
orris root. It serves the purpose of a base and vehicle 
remarkably well, and being of a very agreeable odor it 
helps to make the combinations. Another considera- 
tion largely in favor of the orris root, is the fact that it 
is inexpensive. 

The large profit to the manufacturer of some of the 
sachet powders consists in the cheapness of the orris 
root utilized in their composition. Some may think 
that on account of the orris being in all the different 
sachet powders, that they all resemble one another, and 
in odor and smell are too much alike. They will be 



For Toilet and Household Use. 165 

agreeably surprised when I state that this is not the 
case. Every one of the recipes will make a powder 
which is peculiar to itself; they all have a character of 
their own. 



PATCHOULY SACHET POWDER. 

This sachet powder is a great favorite with some 
people. The recipe can always be depended upon for 
producing a combination that will have lasting qualities. 

Take 

Ground Patchouly leaves, 1 ounce. 
" Red Rose leaves, i ounce. 
" Florentine Orris Root, 3 ounces. 
Pulv. Gum Benzoin, i ounce. 

" Yellow Sandal Wood, i ounce. 
Oil Patchouly, 1 drachm. 
" Cloves, 15 drops. 
" Canada Snake Root, i drachm, 
Mix all the ground ingredients ; do the same with 
the oils ; then add the oils to the ground mixture grad- 
ually ; then add the powders and keep stirring and 
mixing until it is all thoroughly commingled. 



BOUQUET SACHET POWDER. 

This formula will produce a powder which is very 
fine and highly odorific. It is extra nice for odorizing 
rooms, by placing some of it in a powder jar. 

Take 

Ground Yellow Sandal Wood, i ounce. 
" Lavender Flowers, i ounce. 



166 Recipes and Preparations 

Ground Violet Flowers, J ounce. 
" Red Rose Leaves, i ounce. 
" Orris Root, 2 ounces. 
Oil Ceylon Cinnamon, 20 drops. 
" Cloves, 15 drops. 
44 Rose Geranium, i drachm. 
Otta Rose, pure, 5 drops. 
Oil Bergamot, 1 drachm. 
44 Wintergreen, 20 drops. 
JLix the ground ingredients ; do likewise with the 
oils ; then add the oil to the ground mixture gradually; 
keep stirring it for some time in order to have it 
thoroughly mixed. 



JOCKEY CLUB SACHET POWDER. 

This is one of the most popular powders, and will 
hold its place with any of them. This recipe may be 
relied upon for producing a first-class jockey club, and 
should be used when a very fine quality of lasting 
powder is wanted. Many ladies select this for filling 
sachet bags, or for putting in pillows and elsewhere. 

Take 

Pulverized Orris Root, 2 ounces. 
Ground Vanilla Beans, 2 drachms. 
44 Lavender Flowers, i ounce. 
44 Orange Flowers, \ ounce. 
" Pale Rose Flowers, i ounce. 
True Musk Grain, 10 grains. 
Pulv. Gum Benzoin, 3 drachms. 
Oil Sandal Wood, 1 drachm. 
" Neroli, 10 drops. 
44 Bergamot, 25 drops, 
44 Civet, 20 drops. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 167 

Mix the ground ingredients with the powdered ; mix 
the oils together and add them to the other mixture 
slowly ; keep mixing it while the oils are being added, 
and stir up together until the whole is commingled. 



VIOLET SACHET POWDER. 

The following recipe will make a violet sachet 
powder which will compare with the most expensive ; 
either domestic or imported. 

All the ingredients, especially the flowers, must be 
fresh and of the best quality ; otherwise the powder 
will fall short of its usual perfection. 

Take 

Ground Peony, i ounce. 

" Violet Flowers (Odorata) i ounce. 
" Lily of the Valley Flowers i ounce. 
" Red Rose Leaves, 1 ounce. 
" Flor. Orris Root, 3 ounces. 
" Benzoic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Pulv. Mace, 2 drachms. 
Oil Bitter Almonds, 5 drops. 
" Ceylon Cinnamon, 10 drops. 
Mix the ground ingredients with the powders ; then 
add the oils and benzoic acid ; then thoroughly rub to- 
gether, and completely commingle. 



LAVENDER SACHET POWDER. 

This recipe makes a lavender powder that is not ex- 
celled by any ; it is a peculiar odor ; anybody who likes 



168 Recipes and Preparations 

lavender must be very much pleased, as it has all the 
characteristic odor of it. 
Take 

Ground Lavender Flowers, 4 ounces. 
" Orange Flowers, sweet, i ounce, 
" Red Rose Leaves, i ounce. 
" Rosemary flowers, 4 ounce. 
Pulv. Gum Benzoin, 2 drachms. 
Gro. Tonka Beans, 2 drachms. 
Oil Lavender Flowers, 3 drachms. 
" Lemongrass, \ drachm. 
Prepare by mixing the ground ingredients with 
the powder ; mix the oils and add them gradually to 
the other ingredients; rub together until all are 
thoroughly mixed. 



PART X. 

AROMATIC, 

OR PRESTON SMELLING SALTS. 

Many ladies use and carry with them when they go 
out, some kind of smelling salts ; especially in traveling. 
They use it as a preventive and cure of headache and 
faintness. 

The recipe which follows makes a preparation much 
esteemed by those using it. I kept this and the next 
following preparation in stock when I carried on the 
drug business, and my patrons bought both kinds 
largely. 

During an extended trip or absence from home, as no 
doubt many of my readers know by experience, it is 
sometimes worth more than ten times their cost to have 



For Toilet and Household Use. 169 

at hand smelling salts that j^ou know to be good restor- 
atives. The relief it will afford at such times can only 
be appreciated by those who have experienced its bene- 
ficial influence. Do not travel without it if you are 
subject to sudden attacks of faintness or headache. 



PRESTON SMELLING SALTS. 

NUMBER 1. 

Take 

Granulated Carbonate Potassa, 2 drachms. 
" Muriate Ammonia, 2 drachms. 

Pulv. Camphor Gum, 20 grains. 

" Cubebs, 20 grains. 

" Coriander Seed, 5 grains. 
Oil Sassafras, 1 drop. 

w * Cloves, 2 drops. 

" Peppermint, 2 drops. 

" Bergamot, 2 drops. 

To prepare this smelling salts, rub the carbonate 
potassa and muriate ammonia together lightly ; then add 
the camphor, cubebs and oils ; rub all together lightly, 
yet enough to have all evenly divided. When com- 
pleted it should be put in to a bottle and well corked up. 
A glass stoppered, wide mouthed bottle is the best to 
keep it in, where it cannot lose its strength. 

Directions for use. 
Inhale it from a pungent or smelling bottle. When 
it has lost its strength it can be renewed by adding to 
it a few drops of concentrated ammonia water ; this 
can be had at the drug store. Any kind of a bottle, 
from which the vapor can be inhaled, will answer it 
is well to be a little cautious in applying the bottle to 



170 Recipes and Preparations 

the nose, as it sometimes will give a severe shock if too 
much of it is inhaled at a time. Therefore, when you 
smell of the bottle, start in easy to see how strong it is. 



SMELLING SALTS. 

NUMBER 2. 

This recipe will make an aromatic smelling salts that 
very closely resembles the best Preston salts. When 
it is kept well corked, it will retain its strength and 
medicinal properties for a long time. It will be ob- 
served that this powder becomes stronger after having 
been made some time, (provided it has been kept well 
corked). This is a peculiarity of the combination. If 
the amount the recipe calls for is too large, have a 
smaller quantity put up ; if too small have the quantity 
doubled, as desired. 

Take 

Granulated Muriate Ammonia, i ounce. 
" Carbonate Potassa, \ ounce. 

Pulverized Orris-Root, 10 grains. 
Cubebs, 20 grains. 
Cinnamon, 20 grains. 
Cloves, 20 grains. 
Camphor Gum, 3 grains. 
Oil Sassafras, 2 drops. 
" Bergamot, 4 drops. 
Prepare by mixing the ammonia and potassa with 
the powdered ingredients, add the oils, and rub all 
together until they are well mixed ; always keep tightly 
corked when it is not in use. 

Tins powder may be used just the same as the one 
preceding it, and for the same purposes. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 171 

PART XL 

GLOVE POWDER. 

I believe I am justified in saying that ladies will 
appreciate this powder. For how well they all realize 
what an advantage it is to have something to dust into 
their kid gloves, that will at once overcome the diffi- 
culty of getting their gloves on; a matter that is at 
times very embarrassing, besides causing any amount 
of ill temper. 

This powder will positively enable persons to draw 
their gloves on without the least trouble. It will save 
all annoyance and ruffling of temper, and be a positive 
aid in putting on the gloves. With this powder, it will 
be as easy as it is of slipping on a pair of mits, even in 
hot weather ; so that ladies need not dread the ordeal. 

It also prevents the excessive perspiration of the 
hands, which some are so much troubled with. 

It can also be used with the same amount of satisfac- 
tion in cooling the surface of the skin when overheated. 
This recipe makes a preparation which it is truly a 
pleasure to use. It will be highly appreciated for its 
absorbent properties, in which respect it has no supe- 
rior. 

Take 

Pulv. White Talc or White French Chalk, 6 ounces. 
" Fuller's Earth, 2 ounces. 

[This must be in the very finest powder.] 
Oil Sandal Wood, i drachm. 
" Neroli Petale, 10 drops. 
" Rase Geranium, i drachm. 



172 Recipes and Preparations 

Oil Bitter Almonds, 4 drops. 
True Grain Musk, 3 grains. 
Prepare by mixing the powders ; then add the oils ; 
mix gradually ; then add the musk, and mix all to- 
gether very thoroughly. 

Keep in bottle with wide mouth, or in box with a 

slide perforated top ; keep the slide closed until wanted 
for use. 

Directions for use. 

Hold the kid gloves open, and dust the powder into 

them freely before putting them on. Some of the 

powder may also be rubbed on the hands and fingers. 

It may also be used in the shoes ; dust it in the back 

some part where the heel comes in contact with the 

shoes ; also put on inside of the instep, and on to the 

stockings, for excessive perspiration. Dust on the skin 

with puff or rub it on with the hands. In fact, it may 

be used in any way which is most convenient. 



PART XII. 

MISCELLANEOUS FORMULAS 

OR 

FAMILY RECIPES. 



PREPARATIONS FOR CLEANING AND POLISHING. 

The following are recipes for making preparations 
that are in daily demand. I trust they will prove as 
useful to my readers as they were to numbers of my 



For Toilet and Household Use. 173 

former patrons, by whom they have been used with 
unqualified approbation. 

They will be found perfectly reliable, practical, and 
effective, and will make first-class preparations, at 
about one half the cost that is usually charged for 
similar ones in the stores. 

There are a great many so-called practical recipes 
published ; but when brought to a test they generally 
lack practicabilitjr, or are found short in some things. 
This is only too true of a great many of the published 
formulas, which have actually no claim whatever to a 
place among recipes of worth. 

They generally have been picked up at random, and 
have no substantial bottom to them. I abhor pro- 
fessionally and personally a deceptive and worthless 
recipe. It puts good ones in disrepute. 

The nature of chemical combinations would not 
permit these fugitive recipes, as written, to be what is 
claimed for them ; for this would be entirely out of the 
question. To verify my assertion, attempt to have one 
put up just as the recipe says, and see what the result 
will be. 

I have had some of these reputed valuable recipes 
come to me to be compounded that I did not dare to 
put up, without amendment, as serious consequences 
would certainly have followed. But the recipes pub- 
lished in this volume have knowledge and experience 
back of them, so that they are perfectly reliable, prac- 
tical and useful, and are the actual outgrowth of special 
study of the subject during nearly twenty years' expe- 
rience as a druggist. I have had ample opportunity 
for trying and testing them. I therefore do not offer 



174 Recipes and Preparations 

this work to the public filled up with a lot of stuff u at 
nobody knows anything about, or which lacks the 
necessary substantial bottom. 

The recipes and reading matter are plainly written ; 
they can be understood by all and may be put up by 
anybody, without recourse to professional chemists or 
druggists, except for the materials. 



DETERGENT CREAM. 

This is a preparation for taking out grease and stains 
of all kinds. The composition will show that it can 
be used without in the least injuring the material or 
fabric to be cleaned. It can be used for taking out all 
kinds of stains. It is really a great preparation for 
cleaning up things. Many articles may be washed in 
it, as in ordinary washing. I do not mean that colored 
goods can be handled in this way, for it might take the 
color all out of them, but any thing which will bear 
ordinary washing can safely be cleaned with this 
cream. 

Take 

Tincture Benzoin, plain, i drachm. 
Pure White Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 
Hot Water, 3 pints. 
Pulverized Borax, 1 ounce. 
Aqua Ammonia, 2 ounces. 
Sulphuric Ether, 2 drachms. 
Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, 1 ounce. 

Prepare this by cutting the soap up into small pieces ; 
then dissolve it in the hot water; it may be heated, 



For Toilet and Household Use. 175 

if necessary, to accomplish this. Then, while still hot, 
add the borax ; when this is dissolved, allow the solu- 
tion to become cold ; then add the ammonia, glycerine, 
alcohol, benzoin, and ether ; shake or stir all together ; 
then bottle. It should be agitated during the time it 
is being bottled, in order to have the ether well dis- 
tributed. Keep well corked until wanted for use. 
Directions for using. 
Apply the cream to stains with soft sponge or soft 
cloth. If the goods will bear washing, wash them di- 
rectly in the cream, as in suds. Then rinse off the 
article with clean water and allow it to dry nicely. 



GREASE ERADICATOR. 

This formula will make another preparation for tak- 
ing out grease spots and stains of all kinds ; it is very 
similar to the one preceding, yet it is different in a 
number of respects. Some people prefer it to the other ; 
I therefore concluded to insert them both, and give 
people their choice. They are both good, and will 
prove so on being used. 

Take 

Castile Soap, 2 ounces. 
Bicarbonate Soda, 1 ounce. 
Pulverized Borax, 1 ounce. 
Carbonate Ammonia, 2 ounces. 
Alcohol, 2 ounces. 
Cologne, i ounce. 
Sulphuric Ether, i ounce. 
Boiling Water, 4 pints. 

To prepare this, cut the soap into small pieces, by 



176 Recipes and Preparation* 

shaving it; have the water boiling hot; put soap, 
borax, and ammonia in it *, stir until they are all dis- 
solved; allow the solution to get cold; then add the 
cologne and sulphuric ether to it; shake well, and 
bottle up for use as desired. Keep it tightly corked. 

Directions. 
This preparation may be used about the same as the 
previous one. Apply with sponge, or in any con- 
venient way. Do not use it on fancy colors without 
trying a small piece of the goods to see if the color 
will stand. 



FOR CLEANING KID GLOVES. 

I have found that the following preparation will do 

this very nicely, perhaps better than a large number of 

preparations which are sold at high prices. It is very 

simple and inexpensive, and may be used freely. 

Take 

Good quality Benzine, 2 pints. 
Chloroform, 1 drachm. 
Sulphuric Ether, 1 drachm. 
Cologne, 1 drachm. 

Mix all together ; keep in bottle well corked. 
Directions for using. 

The best way is to put the gloves on the hands ; 
then take a small sponge ; saturate it with the mixture 
and thoroughly clean the gloves ; it should be put on 
all over the gloves. Repeat the application sufficiently 
to have the gloves come out bright and clean. Some 
colors must be carefully handled or the color will 
come off ; try the preparation on the gloves in some 



For Toilet and Household Use. 177 

place where it will not show if the color should come 
off. The gloves may also be washed in this in the or- 
dinary way. Rub them between the fingers thor- 
oughly until you have the stains and dirt all off ; then 
hang them up to dry, after which they must be 
stretched. It is absolutely necessary to be cautious in 
using this. The benzine is very inflammable, and 
under no consideration should it be used anywhere 
near a fire or light ; nor the gloves hung near the stove 
to dry. Serious accidents sometimes occur from the 
careless handling of benzine ; it can, however, be used 
with perfect safety when the above caution is observed. 



LIQUID PREPARATION. 

FOR CLEANING AND POLISHING SOLID AND PLATED 
WARE AND PLATE GLASS. 

I am well aware that the market is full of prepara- 
tions for this purpose ; and also that the dear public 
have to pay a good high price for the privilege of buy- 
ing them, at least if they possess true merit. 

I can further assure the public that with the recipe 
following can be made just as effective a preparation 
as any in the market at a very large percentage less 
cost ; it will also be decidedly less injurious to the ware. 

The ladies have to deal with this matter, and they 
know only too well how difficult it is to get a prep- 
aration which will perform the work and not injure the 
ware. I believe this preparation will produce satis- 
factory results ; such at least has been the experience 
of people who have used it. 

12 



178 Recipes and Preparations 

Take 

Pure Precipitate Chalk, 3 ounces. 

Finely Pulverized Fuller's Earth, 2 drachms. 

Aqua Ammonia, 2 ounces. 

Alcohol, 2 ounces. 

Laundry Soap, i ounce. 

Water, 1 pint. 
Prepare this by shaving the soap into small pieces; 
then procure a bottle holding over a pint, put the 
powders and soap into it ; then pour on the ammonia 
and alcohol (these may be mixed before putting them 
in the bottle, as may also the powders) ; then pour on 
the water, and shake all up well, before using it. 

Directions. 
Always shake well before using the mixture ; apply 
it to the article to be cleaned with sponge or soft 
cloth; it should be put on well and rubbed hard, to 
produce the best effect. Repeat the application as 
often as necessary to thoroughly clean the ware; use 
chamois skin or soft woollen cloth to complete the polish. 
Plate glass must be washed in plain water first ; then 
apply the mixture; rub it on hard; then finish by 
rinsing off, wiping with cloth ; then rub with chamois 
skin or woollen cloth. If this is applied to the plate 
thoroughly there is nothing that can produce a finer 
polish. 



POLISHING POWDER. 

FOB CLEANING AND POLISHING SOLID AND 
PLATED WAKE. 

As some people prefer a preparation for cleaning and 
polishing their solid and plated ware in powder form, I 



For Toilet and Household Use. 179 

will try to satisfy all by giving my recipes for making 
both the powder and liquid. 

The polish powder is made as follows : 

Take 

Finely Pulverized Fuller's Earth, 4 ounces. 
" " Rotten-stone, 4 ounces. 

" " Drop Chalk, 4 ounces. 

Rub the powders together thoroughly, it will then 
be ready to use ; keep in a box. 

Directions for using. 
This powder may be applied to the article to be 
cleaned with a soft cloth, rubbing it hard until it is 
thoroughly cleaned; then finishing the polish by using 
a chamois skin until the desired lustre is obtained. 
The powder may also be moistened with water and 
applied with a sponge ; put on the sponge some of the 
powder and apply it to the article to be cleaned ; rub 
it on all over the surface until it looks clear and 
bright ; then rinse off with clean water ; wipe dry with 
soft cloth and finish the polish by rubbing briskly with 
soft chamois skin, until the desired lustre is obtained. 
The harder the article is rubbed, the more it will shine. 



PREPARATION FOR CLEANING AND POLISH- 
ING BRASS AND COPPER WARE. 

How to keep the brass and copper looking bright 
and clean greatly troubles many housekeepers. I have 
often heard them relate sad tales of tribulation in 
connection with this matter. Now this work can be 
done without much labor if you have the right thing to 
do it with. 



180 Recipes and Preparations 

If you have any brass or copper ware utensils or 
trimmings about the house or office which have become 
discolored or uncleanly the following mixture will 
restore them. It will take off all the discoloration or 
accumulation of matter, and the ware will come out 
clean and bright as new. It is really surprising to see 
the transformation that takes place on their being 
cleaned with this preparation. 

After the articles have been thoroughly cleaned and 
brightly polished with this mixture, apply it to them 
occasionally in order to keep them bright, as new. 
This can be done very easily and quickly after the first 
hard cleaning. Try it and see. 

lake 

Oxalic Acid, 2 ounces. 
Finely Pulv. Rotten-stone, 2 ounces. 
Hot Water, 1 pint. 
Dissolve the oxalic acid in the hot water ; then add 
the pulverized rotten-stone, and shake up well. 

The bottle that this mixture is kept in should be 
labelled Poison, as the oxalic acid is poisonous. 

The mixture should therefore be handled with 
caution ; it should never be left standing where children 
can possibly get hold of it. It is always infinitely 
easier to guard against an accident than to remedy one 
after it has happened. 

Directions for using. 
Always shake the mixture well before using. It can 
be applied to the article to be cleaned with a sponge 
or cloth ; it must be used freely and rubbed on very 
hard, especially if the article is discolored and tarnished. 
After being thoroughly cleaned until it looks bright, it 



For Toilet and Household Use. 181 

should be well rinsed with clean water until you get 
off all of the mixture, (it is necessary to be particular 
about this every time the preparation is used) ; then 
wipe the article dry with cloth. When this is done, 
finish the polish by using either chamois skin or soft 
woollen cloth to complete the polish. 

The fact that the above mixture contains oxalic acid, 
which is an active poison, does not in any way make it 
dangerous to use. I can assure my readers that there 
is not one bit of danger in using it when handled 
according to directions. There is nothing that will do 
this work so satisfactorily as this combination. I have 
used it myself, and seen it tried a great, many times 
with entire success. 



BLACK INK. 

This is an article nearly everybody buys already 
made, because they do not want the bother of making 
it, or have no recipe for doing so. The following recipe 
is very simple, and makes a first class ink at consider- 
ably less cost than mercantile ink. 

It will pay anybody who uses much ink to make it 
from this formula. It is scarcely any trouble to do it, 
the ink will keep any length of time, and does not 
become mouldy. I would suggest a trial of this ink ; 
when properly made from pure material it makes an 
ink that will suit nearly everybody. 

Take 

Pure Black Analine, (the kind called Nigrosin)^ 

2 drachms. 
Oil Cloves, 2 drops. 



182 Recipes and Preparation* 

Pure Carbolic Acid, 2 grains. 

Pulv. gum Arabic, i drachm. 

Soft water, 6 ounces. 
Prepare the ink as follows : 

Heat the water boiling hot ; then pour it into a half 
pint bottle (the bottle should of course be previously 
warmed in order to prevent its breaking when the hot 
water is poured into it). The Nigrosin should then be 
added to the water, and well shaken until it is dissolved. 
After it is cold, add the oil, cloves, carbolic acid, 
and gum arabic. Shake the whole together until 
thoroughly mixed ; it will then be ready to use. The 
above amount can of course be increased to a pint if 
desired, by simply doubling up the materials. 



CARMINE INK. 

The following recipe will make a first class red ink. 
It may be used for all purposes. There is no red or 
carmine ink in the market that is superior to this one. 
It is easy to make and inexpensive. Whenever you 
desire to use a red ink have this recipe made up. It 
will prove very satisfactory. 

Take 

Pure Carmine, (No. 40) 1 drachm. 

Aqua Ammonia, 2 drachms. 

Mucilage Acacia, 1 drachm. 

Rose Water, 6 drachms. 
Dissolve the carmine in the ammonia ; then add the 
rose water and mucilage ; shake well together ; keep 
well corked (rubber cork is the best for this), or else 
have a glass stoppered bottle. 



For Toilet mid Household Use. 183 

INDELIBLE INK 

FOR MARKING WHITE CLOTHES, 

Take 

Nitrate Silver Crystals, 2 drachms. 

Pure water, 5 drachms. 

Mucilage Acacia, 1 drachm. 

Concentrated Water Ammonia, 2 drachms. 
To prepare the Indelible Ink — 
Dissolve the nitrate silver in the pure water ; then 
add the concentrated water ammonia, and shake the 
mixture lightly. If the ammonia don't completely re- 
dissolve the precipitate which forms, add a little more 
to it. When the solution has been nicely accomplished, 
then add the mucilage and shake all together. It will 
then be ready to use. It is a good plan to cover the 
bottle with blue paper and keep the ink in a dark place, 
as exposure to light will decompose the combination ; 
it will thereby become deteriorated, and in a short time 
unfit to use. This is also true of all good indelible inks. 

Directions. 

This ink can be used with an ordinary steel, or any 
other pen ; it must, however, be perfectly clean. 

The goods to be marked should contain no starch, as 
the ink will not take so well on starch. Open out the 
garment upon an even and perfectly smooth table ; then 
smooth all the folds out of the cloth, where the marking 
is to be done ; then write whatever you wish on the 
piece just the same as you would if you were writing 
on paper. 

Expose the place on which the marking has been 
done to the rays of the sun or to the heat of a stove ; 
cr, after the ink is dry, run a hot flat-iron over the place. 



184 Recipes and Preparations 

The heating of the marked spot will at once bring 
out the ink, plain, bold, and permanent. The heat may 
be applied in any way that may be convenient, but the 
heat is what makes the ink stay in good. 

If the above directions are carried out, you will find 
your marking will stay; which is not the case with 
some inks. 

Of course this recipe must be put up just right, when 
the combination is properly put together and the ink is 
correctly handled and applied, there will be no failure 
in getting good results. 



INK REMOVER. 

It is frequently a matter of considerable advantage to 
know what will remove ink stains. No doubt many of 
my readers have had personal experience with this very 
matter. 

Note. — The following preparation will remove the 
stains or spots left by anything but indelible ink. If 
it is used on colored goods great care should be exer- 
cised, in order not to disturb the colors, as many of the 
fancy colors are very easily affected by the application 
of chemicals. 

To remove ink or other stains from carpets or colored 
goods of any kind, great caution should be used in 
applying any preparation, to prevent some valuable 
fabric from being ruined. 

The following preparation can be used on some kinds 
of colors without disturbing them. I would, however 
suggest, for safety to those using it on colored goods, 



For Toilet and Household Use. 185 

to try it on some part where it would not show if it 
should take the color out ; then act according to what 
the trial proves. It may be used upon all white goods 
without the least danger, as it will in no way injure 
the goods. 

It is also an extraordinary preparation for bleaching 
clothes and for a washing fluid. To make this — 

Take 

Fresh Chlorinated, or, as it is called, Chloride of, 
Lime, I pound. 

Washing Soda, 1 pound. 

Water, 1 quart. 
Prepare by putting washing soda in water, and boil 
until it is dissolved ; then add the chloride of lime, and 
keep it hot until all is dissolved ; when cold strain and 
keep in bottle for use. 

When wanted for bleaching, or to use as washing 
fluid, it can be made to order, or kept ready, in large 
quantity, in crocks or jars, covered up tightly. It is 
very much liked as an aid in washing clothes. It brings 
them out a beautiful, white. It must not be used too 
strong. Put a small quantity in each water, but more 
in the blueing water that the clothes are soaked in. 
When it is wanted for removing ink stains, and you 
have none made up, buy some solution of chlorinated 
soda (which is the same thing), and use it. 

Directions for taking out ink. 
Apply the solution to the spot or stain quite freely; 
allow it to remain on a short time ; then take it up on 
a sponge or cloth, and rinse the spot off with clean 
water several times, in order to get the solution all out ; 
then dry it well. If the spot is still there, repeat the 



186 Recipes and Preparations 

operation as many times as necessary to take it out. Be 
sure to rinse the goods well with clean water each time. 
If the stains are on white goods, it may be used as above, 
or the place where the stains or spots are maybe washed 
in the solution, or allowed to soak in it a short time ; 
then rubbed between the fingers. This may, if neces- 
sary, be repeated several times ; then thoroughly rinse 
with clear water, and hang up to dry where it will dry 
slow. 

When the solution is used for bleaching, place the 
goods in enough of the preparation to cover them; 
allow to remain, with an occasional stirring, until they 
have bleached nicely; then rinse thoroughly in several 
different lots of clear water. Then, if it is the right 
time of year, and it is convenient, lay on the grass to 
dry : otherwise, hang them up to dry. 

This preparation has been used a long time for bleach- 
ing, and has always proved perfectly satisfactory. 

The goods should not be left in too long ; an unrea- 
sonable time might affect the cloth. 



WASHING FLUID. 

This recipe produces a preparation that makes wash- 
ing comparatively easy, and, properly used, it in no way 
injures the clothes. It materially reduces the labor of 
washing; saves soap, fuel and time — all very important 
factors in every-day life. 

Take 

Salts of Tartar, 1 ounce. 

Pulverized Muriate Ammonia, 1 ounce. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 187 

Pulverized Borax, 1J ounce. 

Concentrated Potash, 1 pound. 
Water, 1 gallon. 

Prepare by heating the water hot ; then put all the 
other ingredients in, and let them dissolve ; it may be 
Stirred with a stick occasionally until they dissolve. 
Keep it covered up when not stirring it. When it is 
cold, it may be put up in bottles, or in something which 
can be tightly covered or corked, and allowed to remain 
so until wanted for use. 

This makes a strong, caustic preparation, and should 
never be kept where children can get at it ; possibly 
they might get into it and do themselves considerable 
injury. The surest way with children is to keep ail 
such things out of their reach. 

Directions. 
The washing fluid may be used by putting a quan- 
tity of it into the water, in which the clothes should 
stand, soaking over night ; there must be enough water 
to cover them, and enough of the fluid used to have the 
desired effect. This depends largely on conditions ; 
where the clothes are real dirty, more will have to be 
used than if they were not soiled much. Some of the 
fluid may also be put into the rest of the water ; all 
except the blueing water. A few trials will show you 
just what quantity to use ; half or even less of the amount 
of the recipe may be used if the whole proves too strong. 



RUST REMOVER. 

This is another thing well worth knowing ; for, at 
times, it will be valuable knowledge to possess. How 



188 Recipes and Preparations 

often do linen goods become stained with iron rust, 
which has to stay on them, simply because people do 
not know how to remove it. I have found that the 
combination made from the recipe following will remove 
it very easily. I put this well-tried recipe in this book 
for the benefit of those who may be in want of just its 
kind of a preparation. It should only be used on white 
goods. 

Take 

Pulverized Citric Acid, i ounce. 
" Oxalic Acid, \ ounce. 

Mix them together and keep in a perfectly dry bottle. 
It should always be kept well corked, and marked or 
labelled Poison. 

Directions. 

The stained spot should be wet with clean water; 
then sprinkle some of the powder on the stain or iron 
rust, and allow it to remain there some time ; then rinse 
with clear water. If the spot or stain has disappeared, 
then rinse again several times; if, however, the spot 
still appears, wet the spot and sprinkle on some of the 
powder; allow it to remain for a short time ; then wash 
off and rinse with clear water several times, until the 
spot and stains have been entirely removed. 



FURNITURE POLISH. 

The following formulas are for making preparations 
to use upon furniture, which has become marred by 
use. How often we see furniture that looks as though 
it has had some experience with a cyclone. These prep- 
arations will renew the finish on all kinds of furni- 



For Toilet and ilousehold Use. 189 

ture and cabinet ware, making old furniture to look 
like new. It is actually surprising to see what a change 
takes place in the appearance of any old piece of furni- 
ture after being treated with this preparation. If you 
have cabinet ware that requires a little rejuvenating 
try what can be done with this polish. 



FURNITURE POLISH. 

NUMBER ONE. 

Take 

Boiled Oil, 8 ounces. 

Raw Linseed Oil, 12 ounces. 

Turpentine, 8 ounces. 

Benzine, 4 ounces. 

Acetic Acid, 2 ounces. 

Oil Sassafras, 2 drachms. 
Mix all together and shake up well. 

Directions. 

These different furniture polishes are all to be used 
in the same way. Shake the mixture hard, and then 
apply to the article to be polished with an old soft 
woollen cloth ; woollen is the best. Do not put on too 
much, but apply it all over ; after this has been done 
thoroughly, take another soft cloth, and finish up by 
rubbing very hard and brisk until the surface appears 
newly polished. The harder it is rubbed the brighter 
the finish will appear. The furniture may be treated 
with the polish just as often as it may be necessary in 
order to keep it in good condition. This depends, of 
course, on how the furniture is used. 



190 Recipes and Preparations 

I have added numbers two and three, so that my 
readers can take their choice of three excellent prepa- 
rations. 



FURNITURE POLISH. 

NUMBER TWO. 

Take 

Boiled Oil, i pint. 

Common Vinegar, J pint. 

Butter of Antimony, 2 drachms. 

Oil Cloves, 1 drachm. 
Mix all together. 

Shake well and use as suggested in preceding direc- 
tions. 



FURNITURE POLISH. 

NUMBER THREE. 

Take 

Raw Linseed Oil, i pint. 
Boiled Linseed Oil, ipint. 
Alcohol, 4 ounces. 
Cider Vinegar, 4 ounces. 
Turpentine, 8 ounces. 
Red Analine, 10 grains. 
Oil Wintergreen, 2 drachms. 

Prepare this by dissolving the red analine in the al- 
cohol; add the vinegar to the boiled oil, and shake 
up well ; then mix ail the ingredients together and 
shake the whole very thoroughly. 

This can be used on any kind of finish or furniture. 
Use same as directed under preceding recipe. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 191 

MUCILAGE. 

This is something that most people use more or less ; 
it can be made just as well as to buy it, in large or 
small quantities. This recipe will produce a first-class 
mucilage. The sticky quality cannot be excelled; it 
will also keep well. It is good for any purpose that a 
mucilage is wanted. 

Take 

Gum Arabic, 2 ounces. 

Dextrine, 2 ounce. 

Oil Cloves, 2 drops. 
" Sassafras, 2 drops. 

Carbolic Acid, 2 grains. 

Water, 4 ounces. 

Prepare by dissolving the gum arabic and dextrine in 
the water. Hot water will hasten solution ; cold water 
will dissolve it, but takes longer. It should be stirred 
occasionally during the time it is dissolving. 

When dissolved add the carbolic acid and oils to the 
solution ; shake or stir well together. Then strain it if 
it should be somewhat dirty. When first quality of 
gum arabic is used there will be no need of straining 
it. Use with brush, same as any mucilage, 



MOTH DESTROYER. 

This will very much interest all housekeepers. 
There is probably nothing in household matters which 
is more troublesome to contend with than moths ; and 
carpet bugs are nearly as bad. At times they have the 
upper hand, and it seems almost impossible to get rid 



192 Recipes and Preparations 

of them. They try the patience of many a good house- 
keeper, and the question is asked again and again, how 
can we get rid of them. When appealed to for help, I 
have put up the preparation made from the following 
recipe, and it always worked perfectly if the instruc- 
tions were carefully followed. It is necessary to use 
the preparation faithfully until all the pests have been 
destroyed or driven away. 

I have seen its effects many times and consequently 
have no hesitation in suggesting its use, I feel con- 
fident that after you use it you will be as well pleased 
with the results as others have been, and be willing to 
incur several times its cost rather than go without it. 
Those who possess this book will have the benefit, at 
little cost, of valuable information on his and in- 
numerable other subjects. 

Take 

Pure Carbolic Acid, \ ounce. 

Oil Cloves, i ounce. 

Oil of Cedar Wood, 2 ounces. 

Camphor Gum, 3 ounces. 

Pure Alcohol, 1 pint. 
Prepare by dissolving the camphor gum in the alco- 
hol ; then add the oils and carbolic acid. Shake well 
together and keep corked until it is wanted. One pint 
of turpentine may be added to make it cheaper. 

Directions. 
When used for carpets, it should be applied to the 
floor when the carpets are to be tacked down, and also 
to the edge of the carpets. This must be done very 
thoroughly. If there are any crevices, they too 
must be well saturated with the Destroyer. This 



For Toilet and Household Use. 193 

can perhaps be done to the best advantage by the use 
of a feather, dipping it in the liquid, then applying to 
every part of the crevice ; you can use a small soft 
brush in same way. 

Another important matter is this: the edge of the 
carpets where they are tacked down or under, should 
be thoroughly overhauled occasionally. It is a good 
plan to give the edges of the carpet a thorough sweep- 
ing with a good stiff broom at least once or twice a 
week; this will have a tendency to break up the nests, 
and prevent breeding; and enable you by the use of 
the preceding preparation to annihilate the moths and 
carpet bugs. It should be remembered that these in- 
sects seek dark and secluded corners and the back of 
furniture where the broom seldom reaches ; here is just 
where they make their homes, and these dark places 
must be often stirred up, so that when you use your 
preparations you will be able to reach them. I am 
satisfied, from looking into this matter, that these insects 
may be controlled without a great amount of trouble if 
it is only seen to in time. "An ounce of prevention is 
worth a pound of cure," and so it is in this matter ; by 
a proper course in the premises there will be no need 
whatever of your having any moths or carpet bugs in 
the house. If the above suggestions are followed and 
the Destroyer is regularly used, I undertake to say there 
will be an end to the moth promptly in your household. 
Do not tack the carpet with a large number of tacks. 
Put one in only here and there ; you can then apply the 
Destro)rer without any difficulty, and besides you can 
readily sweep about the edges of the carpet and cor- 
ners of the floor. This would be a step in the right 

13 



194 Recipes and Preparations 

direction. After the carpet has once been put down 
and tacked, and allowed to remain a short time, it will 
keep its place even though two thirds of the tacks are 
withdrawn. There will be no difficulty whatever in 
keeping clear of these troublesome pests if eternal 
vigilance is exercised. Use the Destroyer on other 
goods, such as furs, clothing, and anything the bugs 
infest, substantially in the same manner. The best way 
is to use an atomizer for treating the various things 
which you desire to protect from the pest, aside from 
carpets on the floor, spray thoroughly with the atom- 
izer, so that the mist will cover, without wetting them in 
any place. Furniture of all kinds can be treated in this 
way better, perhaps, than in any other. Of course it may 
be used in any other way, such as saturating either 
paper or cloth and wrapping it up in the article ; or by 
sprinkling the articles lightly. 



« THE BUFFALO OR CARPET BUG/' 

How to keep a house clear of these troublesome 
pests, and how to free the premises after they once get 
in, is one of the most difficult problems housekeepers 
have to contend with. 

The Buffalo Bug, commonly called the Carpet Bug, 
seems to thrive wherever it obtains a foothold. Its 
work of destruction is not confined to carpets, but on 
the contrary it attacks anything which has the smallest 
amount of wool in its composition. Wool seems to be 
their favorite matter. On this diet they not onhf thrive 



For Toilet and Household Use. 195 

and grow fat, but also multiply amazingly fast ; they 
are therefore able to do an extraordinary amount of 
damage — destroying valuable garments and wearing 
apparel in an exceedingly short space of time. These 
dreaded little pests always appear to be hungry, 
and to satisfy their ferocious appetites, do not hesitate 
to attack and take up anything that happens to be hi 
their reach. Cotton, or any other clothing or cloth 
which they come in contact with has to succumb to 
their onslaught. 

I can truly say, from experience, that the price of 
the destruction and extermination of these hairy little 
pests, must be "eternal vigilance." If housekeepers 
would keep up a perpetual war on this bug, their houses 
would not be infested with it, and they would not have 
valuable carpets, clothing and other things destroyed 
by its ravages. 

There is nothing more effective in preventing its 
gaining an entrance than frequent and thorough airing 
of all articles that are liable to their attacks. It is neces- 
sary to expose such articles to the rays of the sun fre- 
quently. Do not keep them shut up in dark places, 
for it is in such places that the bags find plenty of time 
and materials upon which to begin their work of silent 
destruction. 

I do not put it too strong when I say they must be 
fought with a strong will and frequently with strong 
weapons ; for though they are little pests, how mighty 
and great are their works ! They not only destroy 
valuable goods, but the misery and unhappiness they 
cause in some households is pitiable to behold. If any 
of my readers think this pen picture is too strongly 



196 Recipes and Preparations 

drawn, I respectfully ask them to place themselves 
back of a drug counter for a few months, where the 
trials of the housewife have to he listened to. 

The following recipe makes a combination which 
will positively prove a boon to all who have contended 
in vain with the dreaded little hairy fellows called Car- 
pet Bugs. This is not one of those humbug prepara- 
tions for which the false claim is made that they will 
exterminate the bugs. It has been tried a great many 
times, and has never proved a failure when properly 
used. Try it. 

Take 

Fine Table Salt, 1 pound. 
Pure Insect Powder, \ pound. 
Pulv. Borax, i pound. 

" Yellow Sandal Wood, 2 ounces. 
Mix the powders together thoroughly, and keep 
tightly covered in bottles. 

Directions for using. 
When the powder is wanted for carpets on the floor, 
use it freely by sprinkling a layer close to the base 
board. If there is any space between the floor and 
base board, fill a small bellows with the powder; then 
blow the powder into the space as far as it will go ; also 
blow a liberal amount into all the spaces and crevices 
that are infested. 

When this plan is carried out carefully and 
thoroughly, the results will be very satisfactory. 

This powder may also be used to good advantage as 
a preventive. "An ounce of prevention is worth a 
pound of cure." 

If carpets or other goods are to be laid away, do not 






For Toilet and Household Use. 197 

fail to treat them first with this powder, or one of the 
moth destroyers made after my recipes. 

This powder is also very effective in preventing 
roaches and water bugs from gaining an entrance into 
a house, as well as for exterminating them. Sprinkle it 
around freely; blow it into the crevices and spaces, 
especially around the water pipes. This should be done 
frequently until the premises are free from them. 

You may rest assured, if the work is done faithfully, 
the reward will be the certain and total extermination 
of the nests. » 



SUMMER DRINKS. 

There are thousands of people who would like to 
make a pleasant, light, healthy, cooling drink for the 
summer season. 

Of course there are no end of preparations of this 
character which are now sold, nor of recipes for making 
them; but there are very few among them all which 
meet the requirements ; they are all lacking in some 
feature, besides being inconvenient and generally 
expensive to buy. 

The following recipes will produce preparations of 
this character equal to any which can be made at 
home or wherever a person may be spending the 
summer season, with little trouble and expense. 

It will positively pay anybody having a liking for 
these agreeable, health-giving and cooling summer 
drinks, to make them after these recipes. 



198 Recipes and Preparations 

GINGER ALE OR BEER. 

Make as follows : — Take 
Granulated Sugar, 1 pound. 
Ground Ginger Root, 3 ounces. 
Pure Cream Tartar, 1 ounce. 
The juice of two lemons. 
The whites of two eggs. 
Boiling water, 1 gallon. 

Prepare as follows: 

Add the sugar to the boiling water ; then add the 
ground ginger root and cream tartar ; cover up 
and keep hot 15 minutes; then stir it up well and 
allow it to get nearly cold ; now strain it; then add 
the lemon juice (the lemons must be fresh and not 
bitter) and 1-2 pint best yeast ; mix all up well by 
stirring ; then allow it to remain standing from twelve 
to twenty-four hours, according to temperature, to start 
fermentation. When this has been done add the whites 
of the eggs (which should be beaten to a silvery froth) 
to the liquid ; then bottle ; keep in a cool place and use 
as desired. 

When a nice quality of yeast can be secured, the 
eggs may be added before the yeast; then shake 
together and allow to stand twelve to twenty-four 
hours, when it may be poured off and the yeast added 
to the clear sparkling liquid; shake well and allow to 
stand a few hours in moderately warm place; then 
bottle as above. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 199 

SPRUCE BEER. 

The following recipe produces what is generally 
called the Beer of Health by people that desire a 
cooling, health-giving, refreshing, mild summer drink. 
There is perhaps nothing made which will answer the 
purpose better than this preparation. 

It can be used freely without any ill effects; it is 
actually a healthy drink; one in which the temperance 
as well as temperate people will find solace. It is a 
drink in which all may join, and quench their thirst to 
their heart's content. It will comfort the millions who 
must have something to help them tide over the hot 
season. 

This recipe for making the Spruce Beer can be relied 
.upon to make an article far superior to a great many 
of the preparations sold as Spruce Beer. Try it. 

Take 

Fresh Hops, best quality, 6 drachms. 

" Ground Sassafras bark, 2 drachms. 
Granulated Sugar, 1 pound. 
Essence Spruce, 2 drachms. 
" Allspice, 2 drachms. 
Extract Jamaica Ginger, 2 drachms. 
The whites of two eggs. 
Boiling water, 1 gallon. 
Prepare by adding the sugar, hops, and sassafras 
bark to the boiling water; stir well; cover up; let it 
stand twenty-four hours ; then strain it through cloth ; 
then add the essence of spruce, allspice and extract of 
ginger ; then shake or stir up well, after which add half 
pint best yeast ; let it stand from twelve to twenty-four 
hours ; pour off the clear liquid, and add the whites of 



200 Recipes and Preparations 

the two eggs, (which should be well beaten) ; shake 
together well and bottle for future use. Keep in 
cool place. 

In making either of the preceding beers it may at 
times be necessary to change the proportions of the 
ingredients, or at least of some of them (in order to 
suit the taste). This can always be done : nobody 
need follow these recipes strictly. If you prepare the 
preparation just as here directed and it fails to suit the 
taste, change it by leaving out or adding, or reducing 
by water. 

In selecting the yeast be sure the quality is good ; 
yeast cakes may be used, providing, of course, that they 
are of good qualitj^. 

In straining the beer be particular to get it clear ; 
this affects its appearance very much, and, as is per- 
haps weil known, a perfectly clear drink has a better 
taste and certainly is more appreciated by people that 
are fastidious and particular as to what they drink. 



PART XIII. 

External Medicinal Applications. 

LINIMENTS. 

These preparations are used a great deal for various 
purposes. I can positively say that the following 
recipes will produce preparations which will do any- 
thing that the highly advertised liniments will do. 
They will effect a cure of any kind whatever that can 



For Toilet and Household Use. 201 

be done by any of the preparations in the market. Do 
not put any faith in the extravagant boast that the 
proprietary liniments alone will afford relief and effect 
a cure. When the effects of a good, strong, penetrating 
liniment are desired for soreness, lameness, pains, 
bruises, or for anything that an external application 
will alleviate or cure, do not hesitate to have one of 
these recipes put up. The liniment will positively 
afford relief when any remedy of this nature can give it. 
For a general family liniment try the following : 



"PAIN ANNIHILATOR* 

NUMBER ONE. 

Take 

Oil Origanum, 1 ounce. 
" Hemlock, i ounce. 
" Sassafras, i ounce. 
Aqua Ammonia, i ounce. 
Laudanum, i ounce. 
Camphor Gam, 1 ounce. 
Tincture Cayenne Pepper, I ounce. 

" Arnica, 1 ounce. 
Pure Chloroform, ■£■ ounce, 
" Alcohol, | pint. 
Dissolve the camphor in the alcohol ; add the oils 
and other ingredients; shake all well together. Keep 
well corked. 

Directions. 

Apply to parts affected, from two to four times a 
day. Rub it in with the hand thoroughly, or it may 
be applied to the parts with a cloth, then bandaged 



202 Recipes and Preparations 

lightly, and keep the cloth well saturated with the 
liniment. 

This makes a strong and sharp liniment ; do not use 
it so freely as to blister the parts ; this probably would 
do no harm, bub might inconvenience a person consid- 
erably. Apply a small quantity often, and rub in well. 



"PAIN ANNXHILATOR" 

NUMBER TWO. 

This recipe will also produce a very good liniment, 
to be used in same way as the preceding one. 

Any of these liniments can be used with equally as 
satisfactory results upon horses or other animals as 
upon human beings. Remedies of this character are 
very often necessary for animals. I desire it to be 
thoroughly understood that at any time a good first- 
class liniment is wanted the following will not disap- 
point you. It is really a capital one for pain or aches 
of all kinds. 

Take 

Oil Wormwood, J ounce. 

u Sassafras, i ounce. 

u Cocoanut, I ounce. 

" Peppermint, J- ounce. 

u Origanum, 1 ounce. 

■" Cedar, \ ounce. 

" Wintergreen, i ounce. 
Castor Oil, J ounce. 
Sulphuric Ether, i ounce. 
Alcohol, 1 pint. 

Mix all together and shake well; keep the bottle 

corked. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 203 

Directions. 
Apply to the affected parts from one to four times a 
day, as may be necessary. Rub on with the hand, or 
apply on cloth ; or, after rubbing, bandage with cloth 
wet in the liniment. 



RHEUMATIC LINIMENT. 

How many suffer with that most troublesome 
malady — rheumatism ? 

This Rheumatic Liniment has cured a great many 
people who had suffered with this complaint, even after 
all kinds of remedies had been tried and all proved a 
failure. If an external application can be of any pos- 
sible benefit this remedy is the one to use. But there 
are cases where internal treatment only is allowable. 
In fact there are at times conditions in connection with 
this complaint where the use of external remedies 
should under iio consideration be sanctioned, as they 
might bring on dangerous consequences, and the case 
should be given in the charge of a reputable physician. 
But the cases are few in which there would be danger 
in using this liniment. It will cure most cases of 
rheumatism, neuralgia, lameness, stiff joints and all 
other ailments of that nature. 

The oils and other ingredients should all be of the 
best quality and strictly fresh. 

Liniment for General Use. 

Take 

Oil Hemlock, J ounce. 
" Cedar, I ounce. 

Juniper Berry, J ounce. 



6; 



204 Recipes and Preparations 

Oil Spearmint, i ounce. 

" Wormwood, i ounce. 

" Origanum, |- ounce. 
Laudanum, i ounce. 
Volatile Liniment, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, enough to make i pint. 
Mix all together ; keep well corked. 

Directions. 
Shake well each time and apply to the parts affected ; 
rub on thoroughly from one to four times a day. 



COMPOUND CAMPHOR LINIMENT. 

This recipe will make a very strong and actively 
penetrating liniment, and gives immediate " relief, and 
often cures aches and pains of all kinds to which lini- 
ments are adapted for either man or beast. 

Take 

Gum Camphor, 1 ounce. 
Oil Origanum, 1 ounce. 

" Sassafras, 1 drachm. 

" Peppermint, 1 drachm. 
Sweet Oil, 2 ounces. 
Aqua Ammonia, i ounce. 
Extract Jamaica Ginger, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, | pint. 

Dissolve the camphor in the alcohol; then add the 
other ingredients. Shake together and keep well 
corked. 

Directions. ♦ 

Apply to the affected parts from two to four times a 
day, rubbing it on hard each time ; or it may be 
applied, then bandaged with cloth. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 205 

PART XIV. 

OINTMENTS OR SALVES. 

The following recipes are a few of my best for mak- 
ing these preparations. They are intended for every- 
thing that salves or ointments will cure or alleviate. I 
have endeavored to select my best recipes in order to 
make a work that will be of great benefit to those hav- 
ing occasion to use an ointment. To all such the fol- 
lowing recipes will prove of great service in curing 
sores, cuts, bruises, aches, swellings and relieving pain. 
A great many of the proprietary ointments so exten- 
sively and persistently kept before the public cannot 
compare with the preparations which may be made 
after the following recipes : 

To make a good 

ALL-HEALING OINTMENT, 

OR CTJHE-ALL SAL YE. 

Take 

Clean Common Resin, 8i ounces. 
Yellow Beeswax, li ounce. 
Burgundy Pitch, i ounce. 
Pare Fresh Lard, 4 ounces. 
Oil Rosemary, 2 drachms. 

" Sassafras, 2 drachms. 

" Peppermint, 2 drachms. 
Balsam Fir, 2 drachms. 
Oil Hemlock, 1J drachm. 
Pulv. Camphor, \ drachm. 

To prepare the ointment : 

Take a small tin basin ; set it on the stove ; put in 



206 Recipes and Preparations 

the resin, beeswax and Burgundy pitch; heat them 
slowly until melted; then add the lard, allowing all to 
melt by slow heat. Then take the basin from the 
stove, and when nearly cold stir In the oils, balsam of 
fir and camphor gum ; these may all be mixed together 
previous to adding them to the melted ingredients. 
Continue the stirring briskly until the mixture becomes 
so stiff that it will not separate ; then put in wide 
mouthed bottles or jars before it gets too cold and 
stiff. Cork or cover these tightly. 

If the wax, lard, pitch and resin should get too stiff 
to allow the oils and other ingredients to be stirred in 
well, the mixture must be warmed again. 

The efficacy of the ointment depends considerably 

upon its being manipulated carefully ; when this is 

done the result is a nicely finished and highly beneficial 

combination. 

Directions. 

It may be applied to the affected parts directly, or 
put on cloth and then applied. 



COMPOUND TAR OINTMENT. 

This recipe will make an extra good salve for healing 
and curing all kinds of sores ; it is very cleansing, and 
is therefore especially adapted to the cure of long-stand- 
ing sores, over which it seems to exercise an extraordi- 
nary healing power. For remarkable healing and 
curative properties, I can safely say it is not excelled 
by any salve in the market. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 207 

Take 

Simple Ointment, 1J ounces. 

Pure Petrolatum, or Cosmoline, 1 ounce. 

Resin Cerate, i ounce. 

Pulverized Oxide Zinc, 2i drachms. 

Oil Tar, 1 drachm. 

" Wintergreen, \ drachm. 

" Cedar, \ drachm. 
Pure Carbolic Acid, 1 drachm. 
Pulverized Boracic Acid, \ drachm. 

Mix all the oils with the carbolic acid ; then mix all 
of the ingredients together very thoroughly. When 
completed, it must be smooth and even. The simple 
ointment, petrolatum and resin cerate may be mixed 
together ; then add the boracic acid and oxide of zinc in 
small quantities until it is fairly well mixed ; then add 
the mixed oils, and complete the mixing by thorough 
and hard rubbing, until a fine smooth ointment is 
brought out. 

Directions for using. 
Apply to the affected parts, either directly or on 
cloth ; in either event the sore (if it be such) should 
always be protected by a covering of cloth. The dress- 
ing should be changed at least once a day, and the sore 
thoroughly cleansed. If it is a fresh cut, it should not 
be disturbed after the first dressing (which should be a 
good one) for several days, or until it can be done with- 
out again opening the cut ; this will give it a chance to 
grow together. The treatment in its details must be 
governed by circumstances. When it is found neces- 
sary to employ these preparations, exercise your judg- 
ment in regard to their use. 



208 Recipes and Preparations 

THE J. A. B. OINTMENT. 

This recipe is for making a good healing and curing 
salve for cuts, burns, sores, swellings, and the numer- 
ous other things for which ointments are used. It will 
surely produce an excellent salve for general use ; it is 
very soothing, cleansing and healing. It is also an 
extra good salve for the various skin diseases. 
Take 

Resin Cerate, 2 ounces. 
Plain Cosmoline, 2 " 
Oil Cade, 1 drachm. 
u Sassafras, 1 drachm. 
" Peppermint, i drachm. 
" Wormwood, 1 " 
" Bergamot, i " 
Balsam Peru, i " 
" Fir, 2 drachms. 
Pure Carbolic Acid in Crystals, li drachm. 
Pulverized Sub-nitrate Bismuth, 4 drachms. 

Mix the cosmoline and resin cerate ; mix the oils and 
balsams, and add thereto the mixed cerate and cosmo- 
line ; then add the sub-nitrate bismuth, and thoroughly 
incorporate it ; then add the carbolic acid, and continue 
stirring and mixing until the whole is incorporated to- 
gether, when it will be a nice smooth ointment, ready 
to use. Keep it in a jar or wide-mouthed bottle, well 
corked ; set it in a cool place until wanted for use. 

Directions for using. 
Apply this ointment to cuts, burns, scalds, and sores 
of all kinds; pains, swellings, and all the other ailments 
requiring a good ointment, either direct to the affected 
part, or on cloth, from one to two times a day. It is 
necessary to keep the sore thoroughly cleansed, espe- 



For Toilet and Household Use. 209 

cially in treating old sores, or open sores of any kind. 
In fresh cuts of wounds it may be necessary not to dis- 
turb the dressing for the first few days, when the dress- 
ing should be changed and everything freshened up. 
A successful cure will be speedily accomplished with 
careful attention to cleanliness and changing the band- 
age at least once a day on old or open wounds. 



HEMORRHOID OINTMENT. 

There is probably no affliction from which a great 
many people suffer such untold distress and misery as 
they do from hemorrhoids. 

I have frequently been called upon by my patrons 
to put up something for the relief and cure of this most 
distressing malady. 

The very nature of the complaint precludes a great 
many people from procuring relief. Consequently they 
continue to suffer untold torture. 

The following recipe will produce a preparation which 
I assure my readers who may be suffering with this 
ailment, will come to them like the good Samaritan. 
Back of the drug counter I came in contact with a 
great deal that excited my sympathy, and have often 
felt that the relief of human suffering has its own re- 
ward. The timid and shrinking natures that will not 
seek relief from the source whence it is ordinarily ob- 
tained, can, with this book, have the means of procur- 
ing a mitigation of this disorder. 

It would be very chimerical for me to say this prep- 
aration will cure everybody, because that cannot be 

14 



210 Recipes and Preparations 

done with any one treatment, as the conditions vary 
much in different cases. 

But I can truthfully say that this ointment has 
afforded immediate relief, and eventually effected a 
cure of a good many cases. It is worth a trial by 
those suffering with this complaint. 

Take 

Simple Ointment, 1 ounce. 
Benzoated Lard, 1 " 
Pulverized Nut Galls, i ounce. 
Citrine Ointment, i ounce. 
Oil Fire weed, 1 drachm. 

" Sassafras, 10 drops. 
Pulverized Opium, i drachm. 

" Menthol Crystals, 2 grains. 

" Sub-nitrate Bismuth, 3 drachms. 

Mix the simple ointment with the benzoated lard and 
citrine ointment ; then rub the powders all together, and 
add them gradually to the other mixture ; keep stirring 
the mixture until they are all nicely incorporated and 
the ointment is perfectly smooth and even. Keep in 
box or jar, well covered. 

Directions for using. 

This ointment must be applied to the rectum, and, if 
necessary, it should be carried up inside the rectum to 
reach the seat of trouble. This can be done by simply 
using the linger to apply it, or it may be placed there 
by the use of a syringe which is made specially for ap- 
plying ointments and salves to piles or hemorrhoids. 

It should be applied once or twice a day until relief 
is procured or a cure is effected. Frequently the con- 
dition of the bowels becomes a strong factor in the relief 
and cure of hemorrhoids, and it is very essential to 



For Toilet and Household Use, 211 

have the bowels in a normal condition during the treat- 
ment of this organic trouble, and afterwards to keep 
them so. 



PART XV. 

MEDICAL RECIPES. 

REMEDIES. 

Under this head will be found recipes for making 
remedies, which will no doubt frequently save sending 
for a physician. I here place in your hands remedies 
that will, when used in time, often prevent a siege of 
suffering, and also a doctor's bill. In order to make 
this work still more worthy the approval of the public, 
I concluded to give my readers the benefit of the 
knowledge I possess in relation to various diseases and 
their remedies. These prescriptions are thoroughly 
reliable ; they are compositions that I have been in the 
habit of putting up for people when they came into the 
store and desired the benefit of my experience, and I 
have sold these preparations over the drug counter 
for a good many years, with happy results. 

I desire to impress my readers with the fact that the 
formulas or prescriptions in this book are not to be 
classed among the hundreds of so-called recipes, for mak- 
ing all kinds of nostrums, that have been published and 
widely circulated. 

The following are mostly my private recipes, or 
formulas, for making preparations which I have sold 



212 Recipes and Preparations 

to my patrons for a number of years. I spent a great 
deal of time and thought in perfecting them, during 
nearly twenty years' active work in the drug business, 
most of which time was spent in Rochester, N. Y. 
During part of this time I gave my special thought to 
the matter in this work, with the expectation of some 
day placing it before the public. 



REMEDY FOR BURNS. 

How often is a remedy for burns or scalds wanted 
in an emergency or accident, when people have nothing 
effectual to use ? 

It is an extremely wise thing to know what to use 
in an emergency, when a child has been nearly burned 
or scalded to death, or a grown person has met with a 
similar accident. 

I have been hurriedly called upon many times on 
just such occasions, to furnish relief for severe burns 
and scalds. The remedy which I invariably furnished 
for this purpose is actually very simple, and I have yet 
to see a case where, if used properly, it did not 
immediately prove beneficial. If at any time the 
reader should be called upon in such an emergency, I 
hope he will have ready the following infallible allevi- 
ator : 

Take 

Raw Linseed Oil, i pint. 
Lime Water, J pint. 
Mix together, by thoroughly shaking until it becomes 
milky and creamy ; it will then be ready to use. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 213 

Directions for using. 

It should be applied to the burn immediately. Put 
on enough to cover up the surface of the injury, then 
wrap the affected part in cotton. When the burn or 
scald is of a nature that precludes this, apply the mix- 
ture to the surface, then cover with cotton well 
saturated with the mixture. After the saturated cotton 
has been applied to the injury, it should be covered 
with another layer of dry cotton ; this last layer should 
be thin, and the first one thick. Then the mixture must 
be applied at short intervals, in sufficient quantity to 
cover the injury ; this should always be put right on to 
the first layer of cotton. 

If the case is very severe, take advantage of the 
above treatment while the doctor is on the way; or 
rather, use this mixture at once, then send for the 
doctor if necessary. The treatment should be con- 
tinued until the injury is healed, unless it becomes 
necessary to apply some healing salve ; when such is 
the case, use one of my healing salves from previous 
pages. 



EAR-ACHE REMEDY. 

This most distressing ailment can usually be relieved 
or cured with the remedv made after the folio win or 
recipe. It seldom fails to relieve the most excruciating 
pain. I do not claim that it will cure all cases — there 
are some that require different treatment— but it will 
almost invariably give relief, and that is a great thing 
when a person is suffering such terrible pain. 



214 Recipes and Preparations 

For the ear-ache, take — 

Pure Glycerine, 3 drachms* 
Laudanum, 1 drachm. 
Mix together. 

Directions. 

This remedy may be used by dropping from one to 
four drops into the affected ear one to three times a day. 
It may also be applied by inserting in the ear a small 
piece of cotton with a few drops of the remedy on it. 

It may be used for children as well as for adults. 

If the remedy is dropped into the ear, put in enough 
dry cotton to fill the ear up, in order to keep the air 
out. 

Sometimes the application of pure olive oil to the ear 
will relieve it. When the pain is due to a cold which 
has settled in the ear, it will perhaps be necessary to 
use warm applications; this ma}^ be done, in connection 
with this remedy, by applying the warm preparations 
to the outside of the ear and the side of the head or 
face. 



REMEDY 

FOR THE BELIEF AND CURE OF CHOLERA MORBUS, 
DIARRHOEA, CRAMPS, SUMMER COMPLAINT, AND 
OTHER AILMENTS PECULIAR TO HOT WEATHER. 

This remedy will greatly relieve, and in most cases 
cure the various complaints incident to hot weather. 
I have put up this combination for a number of years 
and always found that it gave relief, in a majority of 



For Toilet and Household Use. 21 5 

cases, at once. If you are liable to any of the above 
complaints, have this remedy put up at once and keep 
it on hand for immediate use in case of sudden attacks. 
After the first trial, you will be sure to keep it always 
in the house. 
Take 

Tincture Rhubarb. 

" Jamaica Ginger. 

" Cayenne Pepper 

" Cinnamon. 

^ r> -4. > each $ ounce. 

Essence Peppermint. 

Spirits Camphor. 

Paregoric. 

Laudanum. 

Mix all together. 

Directions* for using. 

The ordinary dose for adults is from 20 drops to a 
teaspoonful, according to the severity of the attack. 
It may be taken upon sugar or in a little sweetened 
water, either warm or cold ; the warm is the best. 

The dose may, when necessary, be repeated at short 
intervals, but for a few doses only. Ordinarily take a 
dose every one to three hours until relieved. 

When this remedy is given to children it must be 
used with caution ; as it is quite strong and should be 
used accordingly. There is no better medicine for the 
purpose when taken properly. 

The dose must always be in proportion to age — from 
two drops upwards. For children, the best way is to 
add enough sugar to water to make a heavy s}^rup ; 
then add the required amount of medicine to the syrup. 
Children will generally take this very nicely. Make 
the dose always proportionate to the age. 



216 Recipes and Preparations 



PART XVI. 

CORNS AND BUNIONS. 

What a book might be written on this subject! 
There are perhaps few things which cause more excru- 
ciating torture, or that come nearer than corns and 
bunions, to driving thousands of people crazy. 

This condition of things has naturally produced a 
very large number of corn and bunion remedies which 
have been more or less prominently before the public. 
Some of these are no doubt excellent remedies, and if 
not specifics, will ordinarily perform the work satis- 
factorily. The manufacturers usually put these prep- 
arations up in small parcels, for which they charge an 
enormous price, and they have been, as a rule,, very 
fortunate in drawing money from the people. A 
person will not generally stop on price for anything 
which affords relief, when suffering from a corn or 
bunion. 

If the unfortunate victims of corns will try the prep- 
arations made after the following recipes and treat the 
corns according to instructions, they will positively 
secure relief, as I know by many successful trials. 

The soreness will be removed from the corns and 
bunions, and the corn will come out just as quickly by 
the use of this remedy as it can be made to do by any 
external application whatever. Do not suffer with 
corns any longer, but try the following remedy. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 217 

CORN AND BUNION REMEDY 

in 

LIQUID FORM. 

Take 

Flexible Collodion, 6 drachms. 

Salicylic Acid, li drachm. 

Fluid Extract India Hemp, 2 drachms. 

Dissolve the salicylic acid in the collodion ; then add 
the fluid extract of India hemp. Shake together 
and keep tightly corked, as it is very volatile. Keep it 
in a cool place. Never handle it around or near a fire 
or light, but always at a safe distance from it. 

If it should evaporate, as it sometimes does, it can 
be made all right by adding enough strong sulphuric 
ether to dissolve the residuum left in the bottle. Stir 
up the bottom in order to start the solution. 

Directions for using. 

Do not use this preparation near fire, as it is very 
inflammable. 

Apply the remedy to the corn or bunion with the 
cork, or a small camel's hair pencil or brush ; put on 
enough to form a coating upon the corn ; this can best 
be accomplished by applying it thin. Allow to dry, then 
apply a little more, and so on until a thin coating forms 
on the corn. Do not disturb it, but allow it to get 
thoroughly dry. The best time to use it is at night, 
just before retiring. 

Repeat this operation two to four times at night. 
The night after you leave off using it the corn should 
be thoroughly soaked in hot water from 5 to 10 
minutes ; then wipe off the water and run the thumb 



218 Recipes and Preparations 

nail or point of pen-knife around the outer edge of the 
corn and gradually raise it up from the outside towards 
the center until it lifts off. 

After you have gone all through the above course 
and the corn fails to come out, wait a few days, and 
repeat the same treatment. The number of nights that 
it should be applied must be determined by the condi- 
tions; two to four nights are all that is usually neces- 
sary for successful cure. Though the first course of 
treatment will sometimes prove ineffectual, this should 
not discourage you ; just wait a few days and try again. 
Persevere until your success is complete. 

I think this remedy when properly used will cure 
over ninety per cent of cases, and alleviate intolerable 
agony from corns. 

For bunions, just apply the remedy to them every 
one, two, to three days for a period of from one to three 
weeks, to take out the soreness. Do not put it on too 
often or too much at one time. 



CORN REMEDY IN FORM OF* SALVE. 

Inasmuch as some people prefer a corn remedy in this 
form, I will give them a recipe to make it. They will 
find this an excellent one; it is in everyway just as 
efficacious as any in the market. In many instances 
this salve has proved itself to be a specific in relieving, 
and curing hard and soft corns. It will also give relief 
to those suffering from a bunion. 

Do not hesitate to use this when you are in want of 
a remedy of this kind, in preference to high priced 



' For Toilet and Household Use. 219 

preparations of similar character. Make it yourself or 
have your druggist put it up from your own recipe. 
Take 

Benzoated lard, 6 drachms. 

Salicylic Acid, 2 drachms. 

Pulv. Extract India Hemp, \ drachm, 
" " Opium, 10 grains. 

Oil Peppermint, 3 drops. 
" Sassafras, 3 drops. 

Glycerine, i drachm. 

Simple Ointment, 1 drachm. 

Prepare by rubbing the salicylic acid up with the 
benzoated lard; then acid the oils; rub the extracts up 
with the glycerine, and add the simple ointment. Then 
rub the two mixtures together until it is a smooth 
salve; put in glass or porcelain jar; (do not put in tin 
or wood). Keep in cool place, well covered. 

Directions for using. 

For bunions apply the salve very lightly every night, 
or if preferred it may be applied in the morning. Paib 
on gently and allow it to remain without being 
disturbed ; or it can be put on to a soft piece of cloth 
(linen is the best) and laid on to the bunion. Do not 
put on too much at one time ; the cloth may be held on 
by a light bandage. This can be done better at night 
than any other time. Follow up until the soreness is 
taken out. 

For corns apply it at night, with a piece of cloth tied 
around the corn ; keep it on through the day. The 
ointment must be in contact with the corn. It gen- 
erally requires from two to four applications, although 
sometimes less will do. Soak the corn in hot water for 
a few minutes ; then wipe off and run point of pen-knife 



220 Recipes and Preparations 

or the sharp thumb nail around the outer edge of the 
corn, and gradually raise it towards the centre until 
it conies out. 

If the first course proves a failure, try it again. 

Soft corns must be treated with the salve, by apply- 
ing it to the corn lightly. If the corn is very sore, 
keep cotton over the sore to prevent irritation. Put 
the salve on the piece of cotton and bind with a light 
strip of cloth. Have it mild for the first few applica- 
tions ; continue this for a few days, then intermit for a 
week ; and so on several times, after which the corn 
should be well soaked in warm water and taken out 
as above directed for hard corns. Follow these direc- 
tions strictly and a cure is certain. 

If the corn should become inflamed or irritated in 
any way by this treatment, stop it, and apply a little of 
one of the healing ointments on a small piece of cotton. 
After the inflammation has subsided try the corn salve 
again. But the salve will generally cure the most 
tender and obstinate soft corns. When you have a 
corn which is extremely sore do not handle it much, and 
do not put on much of any remedy ; as harsh handling 
will increase the soreness. 

When the above preparations, both the liquid and 
salve, are carefully applied, they seldom fail to relieve 
the trouble, and generally effect a complete cure. Used 
occasionally, they will prevent corns and bunions. 



COMPOUND CAJEPUT. 

TOOTHACHE CUKE. 

There are comparatively few people who have not 
suffered more or less from toothache. Multitudes 



For Toilet and Household Use. 221 

therefore, will be able to appreciate a remedy that 
gives speedy relief. The following remedy will do 
this every time, when it is possible to stop the tooth- 
ache without pulling the tooth out. 

This formula is one I have used a long time. It has 
been the means of making a great many people happy 
by relieving them of the toothache. 

If some of my readers should have the toothache 
they will have my sympathy ; and a recipe to make a 
preparation which will afford them relief as quick as 
anything in the world. 

Take 

Chloroform, i ounce. 
Oil Cajeput, 3 drachms. 
" Cassia, li drachm. 
" Cloves, 1 drachm. 
Camphor Gum, 1 drachm, 
Tincture Aconite Root, 1 drachm. 
Laudanum, 6 drachms. 
Alcohol to make three ounces. 
Put camphor gum into a three ounce bottle ; put 
the oils and other ingredients on the gum; after nil 
have been added fill the bottle with alcohol and shake 
up well. 

This makes quite a quantity of toothache medicine ; 
it does not cost much. Keep it tightly corked and it 
will last a long time ; so that in case of sudden tooth- 
ache it can be had conveniently. A smaller quantity 
may be put up ; but keep the proportions the same. 

This makes a powerful remedy; handle it accord- 
ingly. 

Directions for using. 
Tf the teeth that ache have cavities in them, take a 



222 Recipes and Preparations 

small piece of cotton and saturate it thoroughly with 
the remedy ; then insert it into the cavities ; at the 
same time apply some of the remedy to the gums sur- 
rounding the aching teeth. 

This may be repeated at short intervals and the 
cotton replaced by a new and freshly saturated piece. 
Apply it to the gums ; use the finger. 

The bottle in which this remedy is to be kept should 
be plainly labeled poison ; all toothache cures are poi- 
sonous, although they are not generally labeled so, be- 
cause they are put up and sold in such small quantities. 



MAGIC NEURALGIA REMEDY. 

The following is an excellent preparation for the im- 
mediate relief of neuralgia, toothache and rheumatic 
pains. It is not excelled by any* external remedy 
sold. 

I have prepared it for customers hundreds of times, 
and it always gave immediate relief. It is really a 
very powerful combination, and yet in no way inju- 
rious to use. 

The magic of its power seems to be in controlling 
pain. I never saw anything like it as an external ap- 
plication. 
Take 

Camphor Gum, 2 drachms. 
Tincture Cayenne Pepper, 3 drachms. 
Oil Sassafras, 2 drachms. 
" Wormwood, 1 drachm. 
" Origanum, 2 drachms. 
Menthol Chrystals, 20 grains. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 223 

Essential Oil Mustard, i drachm. 
Chloroform, 3 drachms. 
Water, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, 4 ounces. * 

Add the camphor, menthol, chloroform and oils to the 
alcohol ; after they have all been dissolved by shaking 
them together thoroughly, add the pure water. Keep 
this medicine tightly corked. 

Directions for Using. 

In applying this medicine, it should not be forgotten 
that a little of it will go quite a ways ; it should there- 
fore be used lightly over the seat of pain and rubbed 
on thoroughly. For headache or neuralgia in the head, 
apply with the fingers to the back part of the head, at 
the base of the brain, and directly back of the ears ; 
also on the upper forehead and crown of the head. The 
operation may be repeated at short intervals until relief 
is obtained. 

This remedy will often cure the very worst type of 
neuralgia; it must be used with some caution, as it is 
very powerful, although perfectly harmless when used 
properly. 



CHILBLAINS. 

This difficulty afflicts a great many people, especially 
in cold weather. It is naturally aggravated by the 
changes which take place during winter. 

This preparation will relieve and often cure the 
worst chilblains. I have used the different ones for the 
complaint in its various stages on different people, for 



224 Recipes and Preparations 

this class of remedies is like any other ; one will not 
serve for all, or in all stages of the difficulty. It might 
work very satisfactorily with some, but would com- 
pletely fail with others. 

Among these recipes there will no doubt be one that 
will afford relief and effect a cure in the various cases. 

CHILBLAIN REMEDY, NO. 1. 

Take 

Tincture Arnica, 1 ounce. 

" Calandula, 1 ounce. 
Peppermint Water, 1 ounce. 
Alcohol, 1 ounce. 
Pulv. Alum, 2 drachms. 
Dissolve the alum in the peppermint water; then 
add the alcohol and other ingredients. 

Directions. 
Bathe the affected parts with the above night and 
mornitig. 

It may be put on very freely until relief is obtained, 
which will generally be after a few applications. It 
must be continued long enough to effect a cure, if this 
be possible with this remedy ; when it fails try one of 
the following : When the chilblains are painful, and 
there is great soreness and tenderness, the best way to 
bathe the parts affected is to saturate a small sponge 
with the remedy and apply it. 



CHILBLAIN REMEDY, NO. 2. 

This remedy should not be used if the skin is broken, 
as it would be too strong, and would consequently irri- 
tate the sore. After the skin has been healed and the 



For Toilet and Household Use. 225 

break closed up hy a weaker preparation like the pre- 
ceding, do not delay the use of No. 2, which no doubt 
will speedily cure the difficulty. 
Take 

Granulated Muriate Ammonia, J ounce. 
Pure Water, 4 ounces. 

" Muriatic Acid, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, li ounce. 
Dissolve the muriate of ammonia in the water ; add 
the muriatic acid to the alcohol; then mix the two 
solutions together. 

Directions for using. 
Apply this remedy lightly to the parts affected, night 
or morning ; allow it to dry each time. It may be ap- 
plied with a soft sponge or old soft cloth. Continue 
the treatment until the desired effect is produced. 



CHILBLAIN BEMEDY, NO. 3. 

This remedy is especially adapted to chilblains that 
are badly swollen, and are otherwise in a severe stage. 

Take 

Tincture Iodine, i ounce. 

Solution Chlorinated soda, li ounce. 
Mix the two together. 

Directions for using. 
Paint the chilblains night and morning with the so- 
lution. Apply it lightly with a camel's hair pencil. It 
may not be necessary to use it oftener than every other 
day ; follow this up until a cure is effected. 



CHILBLAIN REMEDY, NO. 4. 

The following recipe makes one of the very host 

i5 



226 Recipes and Preparation* 

preparations for chilblains. It seems to afford relief 
when other remedies have failed to do so. I have seen 
it perform good work in some very severe cases in 
which a great many different remedies had been tried 
without avail. 
Take 

Soap Liniment, 2 ounces. 
Oil Cajeput, i ounce. 
Tinct. Cantharides, i ounce. 

" Iodine, 2 drachms. 
Alcohol, 1 ounce. 
Mix all together. 

Apply night and morning, or oftener, if necessary, to 
control the pain and suffering. It can be used gently, 
as a liniment. 



PART XVII. 

REMEDY FOR COLD IN THE HEAD. 

NUMBER I. 

To relieve and cure a cold that has settled in the 
head is sometimes very perplexing. It often baffles 
the skilled physician. Then a person will continue to 
suffer and submit to the inevitable. This at times pro- 
duces a terrible condition of the head, until it does 
seem as though nothing would afford relief. 

The following prescription used as a snuff frequently 
gives immediate relief. I have suggested it a good 
many times and found that it gave universal satisfao 
faction. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 227 

If my readers should require anything of this nature, 
have the following recipe put up. It may be just the 
thing for you , it has done good in a thousand cases. 

Take 

Finely Pulverized Camphor gum, 2i drachms. 

" " White Sugar, 4 drachms. 

Pulv. Borax, \ drachm. 

" Gum Arabic, 2 drachms. 
Oil Wintergreen, 2 drops. 
" Anise Seed, 2 drops. 
Rub the powders all together ; then add the oils, and 
rub until the whole is thoroughly mixed. 

Directions. 

Snuff the powder up the nostrils ; use only a small 
quantity of it in this way once in two to four hours as 
ma)- be required to relieve the congestion. 

The powder should be kept in a tight box, or in a 
wide mouth bottle tightly corked. 

If the congestion is very severe, the snuff may be 
used for a few times once in every 15 to 20 minutes ; 
then follow at longer periods. 

The above recipe makes a small quantity ; a larger 
amount can be made by increasing the amount of the 
ingredients. A little of this powder goes a good ways, 
and it is better if not verv old. 



REMEDY FOR CURING COLD IN THE HEAD. 

NUMBER H. 

The following formula will also be found very effica- 
tious in relieving and curing cold, catarrh or influenza 



223 Recipes and Preparations 

in the head. In fact, it has very few superiors for this 
purpose. It is pleasant and agreeable to use. 

This is far from being the case with a great many of 
these remedies. It nearly always affords relief after 
the first application. Try it and see. 

Take 

Finely Pulverized White Sugar, 1 ounce. 
" " Camphor gum, i ounce. 

" " Cubeb Berries, li drachm. 

" " Chlorate Potassa, i drachm. 

" " Borax, 1 drachm. 

Oil Peppermint, 5 drops. 
" Sassafras, 5 drops. 
" Thyme, 3 drops. 
Prepare by mixing the powders all together ; then 
add the oils and rub the whole together until it be- 
comes thoroughly commingled. 

Keep in a bottle well corked up, or in a box tightly 
covered. 

Directions for using. 
Snuff a small quantity of the powder well up the 
nostrils, getting it up into the passages, several times a 
day; the number of times will depend upon the condi- 
tions, and will have to be left to the judgment of the 
user. In acute attacks it will be necessary to use it 
oftener than chronic cases of long standing. It is 
comparatively easy to learn how to use the two preced- 
ing preparations. It will save time and labor to allow 
the druggist to put them up for you, as only a small 
quantity is required. 



THROAT AND LUNG REMEDIES. 

Probably there is no class of remedies in which more 



For Toilet and Household Use, 229 

people are interested than those which will relieve and 
care the different diseases of the throat and lnngs, 
so prevalent among people living in particular sections 
of our country. 

The number that are annually claimed as victims of 
these diseases almost staggers the mind. It becomes 
our duty to do all in our power to stop this terrible 
onslaught of the destroyer, and to strengthen the throat 
and lungs for the vicissitudes of our climate. 

What can we do? I can answer this question with 
knowledge obtained from the vast amount of such 
cases that I came in contact with in the course of my 
professional career. 

Invariably I found that the victims of lung troubles 
were being slowly but surely carried away, because 
they failed to heed nature's first warning. 

It is our duty to heed nature's warning, and at once 
procure a remedy that relieves the cold or cough which 
has settled, and not allow it to go on — as is so often 
the case — until some severe throat or lung difficulty is 
developed. 

If the acute attack is not checked and the natural 
forces helped to throw off the disease, there follows one 
or more of the various throat and-lung difficulties, such 
as bronchitis, asthma, hoarseness, croup, tightness in 
the chest, difficult breathing, sore throat, pain in the 
chest, or some other ailments which can be traced 
directly to the neglected cold. How often does it con- 
tinue until consumption claims another victim? 

Much suffering may be avoided if the first symptoms 
of a cold are treated with one of the preparations which 
can be made after the following recipes. 



230 Recipes and Preparations 

I know from practical experience that these simple 
combinations, when taken in time, will do equally as 
much to relieve the various throat and lung difficulties 
as any of the so-called wonderful discoveries for which 
exclusive results are claimed, that prove in the end to 
be only a myth. 

Of course we continue to have new discoveries which 
are based upon actual scientific principles. These 
must, however, not be classed with the discoveries on 
paper that rarely have any semblance of science, but 
are as worthless as the generality of quack nostrums. 

The following preparations I have seen used in a 
great many cases with the most gratifying results. 
During my long experience in the handling of med- 
icines, I have put up a great many hundred bottles, 
and noticed their favorable effects in throat and lung 
complaints. 



COUGH SYRUP. 

The following remedy is especially applicable where 
there exists considerable irritation in the throat, accom- 
panied by a dry hard cough and difficult breathing. 
Take 

Syrup Senega, J ounce. 

" Dover Powder, 1 ounce. 
" Squills, 2 drachms. 
" Tolu, 1| ounce. 
Paragoric, i ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 2£ ounces. 
Mix all together. This will make six ounces of the 

syrup. 

Directions for using. 
The dose of this syrup for adults is from one to two 



For Toilet and Household Use. 231 

teaspoonsf ul, according to conditions. Take every one 
to three hours. 

If the ailment is very severe, take two teaspoonsful 
every two hours, for a spell ; then take one teaspoonful 
as often. If the difficulty has somewhat abated, make 
the intervals longer. Take the last dose just before 
retiring ; this often prevents coughing in the night. 

It should be distinctly understood that the age 
(especially of children) and general health of the per- 
son taking the medicine must govern the dose. The 
severity of the complaint should regulate the intervals 
in which the medicine may be taken. If this course is 
systematically adhered to, the disease will succumb to 
the treatment. 



RYE AND ROCK CANDY COMBINATION, 

FOR THE RELIEF AND CURE OF COLDS AND COUGHS. 

This recipe makes an excellent combination to use in 
throat and lung difficulties. 

It will often break up a cold quicker than anything 
else that can be used. For a new or recent cold, take 
it hot before going to bed. It may be used by any- 
body, old or young, and is pleasant to take. 

Take 

Pure Rock Candy, 8 ounces. 
Water, i pint. 

Dissolve the rock Candy in the water, by heating it 



232 Recipes and Preparations 

slightly; when dissolved, strain it; then let it get cold, 
and add the following : 

Pure Glycerine, 3 ounces, 
Tincture Tolu, 2 drachms. 
Pure Rye Whiskey, £ pint. 
Shake all together ; keep well corked. 

Directions for using* 

A dose is from a teaspoonful to a tablespoonful, or 
more, according to the severity of the case, and as often 
as required to relieve, and finally cure, the difficulty. 

When desired, Jamaica rum maybe used in place of 
the rye whiskey ; this is a matter of taste. 



JAMAICA RUM, HONEY AND TAR REMEDY 

FOR THE RELIEF AND CURE OF THE VARIOUS 
THROAT AND LUNG DISEASES. 

This preparation is one of the old reliable ones, 
which every druggist and a great many outsiders are 
familiar with. 

The formulas differ some; the proportions of the 
ingredients vary. The following is one that i found 
to give general satisfaction. It is very soothing and 
healing. 

Take 

Jamaica Rum, f pint. 
Pure Strained Honey, \ pint. 
" Oil Tar, 1 drachm 
Mix all together ; shake well each time you use it. 
Dose, from a dessert to a tablespoonfui, or more if 



For Toilet and Household Use. 238 

necessary to control the difficulty. When administered 
to children the dose should be smaller. 



COUGH SYRUP FOR CHILDREN. 

The following recipd makes a cough syrup for chil- 
dren. It is very simple, yet it is a decidedly efficacious 
remedy for colds or coughs, with difficult expectoration, 
and the other numerous ailments incidental to taking 
cold. 

I have put it up a great many times, and positively 
know that it makes a remedy which will speedily relieve 
and cure a cold, if it is only taken in time, and will 
generally prevent a long siege of coughing. 

This preparation may be given to children without 
any hesitation, as it is very mild, and agreeable to take. 
Keep the syrup in cool place. 
Take 

Paragoric, i ounce. 
Syrup Tolu, i ounce. 
" Ipecac, i ounce. 
" Senega, 2 drachms. 
Hive Syrup, 2 drachms. 
Mix together ; keep in bottle well corked. 

Directions. 
This syrup may be given to children in doses of from 
two drops to one teaspoonful, according to age and 
symptoms, once in one, two, three, or four hours. For 
adults larger doses, of from one teaspoonful to two tea- 
spoonfuls, are necessary. 

There can be no set rule for giving this syrup to 



234 Recipes and Preparations 

children ; this must be governed by circumstances. 
Give at such intervals as may be considered proper for 
controlling the difficulty. 



THROAT AND LUNG BALM. 

The following recipe will make a very effective 
remedy in those acute attacks of cold which cause such 
irritation in the throat, often accompanied with severe 
spasmodic coughing. 
Take 

Syrup Wild Cherry, 1 ounce. 
" Tolu, 1| 
" Ipecac, i " 

Fluid Extract Henbane, 1 drachm. 
Mucilage Gum Arabic, 1 ounce. 
Chloroform, 10 drops. 

Mix all together ; keep well corked. 
Directions for using. 

Always shake the medicine together thoroughly be- 
fore using it. 

Dose for an adult, from half to one teaspoonful at 
intervals of one to three hours, as may be necessary to 
stop the coughing. 



MIXTURE FOR COLDS, COUGHS, 

AND ALL 

THROAT AND LUNG DISEASES. 

The following remedjr is another old, reliable, and 
well tried preparation for throat and lung difficulties. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 235 

I have known it to produce extraordinary results in 
cases of long standing, where other expedients failed. 
If the reader has a long standing cough this remedy 
will cure it if not beyond human aid. 
Take 

Tinct. Benzoin Composition, 2 drachms. 

a Blood Root, 2 drachms. 
Fluid Extract Ipecac, i drachm. 

" " Grindilia Robusta, 2 drachms. 

Iodide Potassa, 2 drachms. 
Water, 4 drachms. 
Mucilage Gum Arabic, 1 ounce. 
Plain Syrup, 5 ounces. 

Prepare by dissolving the Iodide Potassa in the water; 
a Id the solution to the plain syrup; then add the mu- 
cilage, extracts and tinctures ; shake all together. 

Directions. 

Always shake well before using. 

Dose for adults, one teaspoonful every one to four 
hours according to the symptoms and conditions. 



COMPOUND HONEY BALSAM. 

The following recipe will make one of the old- 
fashioned preparations for healing the throat and lungs 
and curing all diseases of these organs. 

This is positively a good remedy. Some people may 
perhaps think this strange when they notice the com- 
position, and may wonder why they suffer with these 
diseases when there are so many very good preventives. 

But first, try the preparations, now that you need be no 
longer ignorant of their existence. There are, however, 



236 Recipes and Preparations 

many different constitutions, and all should have 
remedies to suit their individual systems. For this 
reason it is necessary to have a variety of remedies. I 
therefore place some of the most thoroughly tried recipes 
in this book, to give all an opportunity of securing relief. 
I trust they will take advantage of it. To make the 

COMPOUND HONEY BALSAM, 

Take 

Pure Strained Honey, 3 ounces. 

Balsam Fir, 2 drachms. 

Tincture Benzoin Comp., 1 drachm. 

Fluid Extract Boneset, 4 drachms. 

Syrup Tar, 2 ounces. 

New England lium, 3 ounces. 
Mix all together; shake well. 

Directions. 

Always shake well before using. 

Dose for an adult from a teaspoonful to a dessert- 
spoonful. Take as often as necessary to control the 
ailment. When given to children reduce the dose, 
according to their age. 



COMPOUND LIQUORICE COUGH MIXTURE. 

The following is an excellent remedy for throat and 
lung difficulties ; it will sometimes afford relief and 
effect a cure when other remedies fail. 

Do not despair if you have an obstinate cold, but 
keep trying until you secure the right remedy. 

If other things have failed try this remedy. 

Take 

Compound Liquorice (Brown) Mixture, 3 ounces. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 237 

Granulated Muriate Ammonia, 2 drachms. 

Syrup Ipecac, 1 ounce. 

Fluid Extract Wild Cherry, J ounce. 

Pure Glycerine, 2 ounces. 

Tincture Peruvian Bark Com., 1J ounce. 

Prepare by dissolving the muriate ammonia in the 

liquorice mixture ; then add the other ingredients. 

Directions. 

Always shake well before using. 

Dose for an adult one to two teaspoonsful once in 
from one to three hours, according to the severity of 
the complaint. 

General HemarJcs. 

In using these Remedies for the throat and lungs, 
a person must be governed largely by circumstances. 
When the difficulty is extremely troublesome, half a 
dose of the medicine may be taken every half hour for 
a few hours, then increase at intervals so as to get the 
best results. 

It is, however, well to remember that it is never safe 
to place too much dependence upon a person's own abil- 
ity to correctly diagnose the disease, unless there is 
special training for this work. Therefore, whenever 
there is any doubt whatever in relation to the nature 
of the ailment, it is decidedly safest to employ a good 
physician, especially for children. 

There is scarcely any limit to the number or charac- 
ter of prescriptions that could be placed here for the 
relief and cure of throat and lung diseases; bat there 
is no advantage in having too many. Among those I 



238 Recipes and Preparations 

have placed in this work there will be no difficulty in 
finding one which will relieve and, if possible, cure the 
ailment. 



CATARRH. 

How many thousands of people suffer from this mal- 
ady? what a distressing complaint it is, and how diffi- 
cult it sometimes is to cure ? It is truly remarkable 
to observe how a great many people allow the disease 
to go on without making any effort whatever to check 
it, until it reaches a stage where the organs of the 
throat and lungs become dangerously diseased ; then 
it is generally too late to effect a cure. At this stage 
many begin to realize that something is the matter with 
them, and will then make a great effort to check the 
onward course of the disease, only to find that they 
have waited too long. If the matter is taken in hand 
early in its first stage with some good treatment, and 
followed up faithfully, it can generally be checked. 

Do not allow the system to become exhausted and 
feeble ; when you have a cold in the head, do not allow 
it to run and take its course, for if you do it will in- 
variably lead to serious catarrhal difficulty. This is the 
way that the foundation for catarrh is laid. 

A great many people suffer from periodical cold in 
the head, Influenza and Hay fever, causing all the in- 
numerable disagreeable attending conditions, such as 
acrid watery discharge from the eyes and nose, and 
painful imflammation of the mucous lining which fre- 
quently extends to the throat, with choking and cough- 



For Toilet and Household Use, 239 

ing, ringing noises in the head, and fearful headache 
— besides numerous other derangements — all of which 
might be largely prevented, by resorting to some proper 
treatment. 

I would suggest to any of my readers who may be 
affected as above set forth, to procure at once a remedy 
made after one of the following recipes, and see what 
good results may be obtained from its use. 



COMPOUND MENTHOL SNUFF, 

FOR THE BELIEF AND CURE OF COLD IN THE HEAD, 
INFLUENZA, HAY FEVER, AND CATARRH. 

Take 

Finely pulverized Cubeb Berries, 1 drachm. 

" " White Sugar, 2 ounces. 

" " Menthol Crystal, 12 grains. 

Impalpable Powder Boracic Acid, i drachm. 
Oil Wintergreen, 10 drops. 

Prepare by rubbing the powders all together ; then 
add the oil, and continue rubbing them until all are 
thoroughly commingled ; keep in bottle corked tightly 
or in a box securely covered. 

Directions for using.* 

This powder should be used as a snuff several times 
a day, snuffing it up the nostrils. In acute attacks it may 
be used often, in small quantities. It should be drawn 
up well into the passages as of ten as may be necessary 
to control the difficulty. 

The above remedy works like magic. In some cases 
of long standing catarrh it has produced remarkable 
effects. The result will in some instances surprise you. 



210 Recipes and Preparations 

When persisted in it will often bring about a complete 
cure, as I know from personal knowledge. 



BEGY'S CATARRH REMEDY. 

The following remedy for relieving and curing 
catarrhal difficulty in its various stages, anybody can 
use with confidence. I have seen its results for years, 
and know that by its use some very bad cases of 
catarrh have been greatly benefited and some cured. 
It will always give relief, and when used occasionally it 
will prevent the development of catarrh in people who 
would otherwise naturally be troubled with it. It has 
cured where other remedies failed. It is very simple, 
effective and inexpensive. It is certainly worth a trial. 

Take 

Pulverized Chlorate Potassa, 5 grains. 

" Borax, 10 grains. 

Granulated Muriate Ammonia, 8 grains. 
Pure Carbolic Acid, 8 grains. 
Peppermint Water, \\ ounce. 
Distilled Extract Witch Hazel, 1 ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 1 ounce. 
Pure Water, 4 J ounces. 

Dissolve the ammonia, borax and chlorate potassa in 
the water ; then add the other ingredients ; shake 
together ; keep in cool place tightly corked. 
Directions for using. 

Procure at the Drug store a small nasal douche ; the 
one which serves the purpose nicely is made by getting 
a small nasal piece, made of glass or hard rubber, and 



For Toilet and Household Use. 241 

a small vial in which the nasa] piece should be placed. 
This you will notice makes a very good little douche, 
and it has the advantage of not being expensive; You 
can if you prefer it, buy the small douche all complete. 
When the vial, as above suggested, is used, it should be 
partly filled with the remedy ; then place the nasal 
piece inside. Then put the nose piece to the nostril 
and draw the liquid up into the head. About 2 tea- 
spoonsful of the remedy should be used each time on 
each side of the head. Draw the remedy up into the 
head equally through both nostrils. It may be used 
once or twice a day, according to the conditions and 
severity of the complaint. 

If the remedy smarts very much, as it will perhaps the 
first few times it is used, or if it irritates the passages, 
reduce it by adding pure water to it until it causes no 
unpleasant sensation in the nostrils; first fill the vial 
partly with the remedy; then fill up with pure water ; 
or the preparation may be reduced before it is applied 
at all. 

When the douche is used, partly fill the tube with the 
remedy in same way, and apply as above, about 2 tea- 
spoonsful at a time. 

The above remedy will positively relieve and 
perhaps entirely cure this distressing and disagreeable 
disease. Hardly any ailment is more obnoxious than a 
bad case of catarrh in the advanced stages. 

Sometimes it may be necessary, in connection with 
this treatment, to take some good constitutional 
medicine ; in fact I have always suggested this in long 
standing cases of catarrh, especially when the blood is 

16 



242 Recipes and Preparations 

deteriorated, which is generally the case in a chronic 
disease. It is now quite generally conceded that in a 
majority of cases catarrh of long duration must be 
treated both locally and constitutionally. 



PART XVIII. 

There is perhaps no better remedy to take as a con- 
stitutional medicine for catarrh than some sarsaparilla 
compound. I always found that the compound made 
from the following recipe would work very satisfac- 
torily when it is found necessary to use constitutional 
treatment in connection with the local one. Do not 
fail to try the Blood Purifier. 



BLOOD PURIFIER, 

NUMBER 1. 

Take 

Iodide Potassa, 2 drachms. 

Fluid Extract Rhubarb, 2 drachms. 

" " Ginger Root, 1 drachm. 

" " Senna Leaves, i ounce. 

Syrup Sarsaparilla Composition, 7 ounces. 

Dissolve the iodide potassa in the syrup sarsaparilla ; 
then add the fluid extracts. 

Directions. 

Shake well each time before taking it. 

Dose for an adult, from one to two teaspoonsful 
three times a day, with a wine glass of water, one hour 
after each niea 1 ,, 



For Toilet and Household Use. 243 

The quantity to be taken must be regulated by the 
condition of the complaint. 

When given to children the dose should be accord- 
ing to their age. 

The above Compound Sarsapabilla is an excel- 
lent blood purifier; it is by all odds a better remedy 
than the majority of the so-called blood purifiers that 
are lauded up to the sky. 

The above remedy and also the one following, have 
no superior for rejuvenating the system ; they will- 
without a shadow of doubt cure just as many ailments 
as any of the so-called new and wonderful discoveries. 

When the Number One Blood Purifier does not 
answer the purpose try the following, which may agree 
with the case better. I have frequently found where 
one failed the other worked very nicely. Try them 
and you will get just as good if not better results from 
these remedies than from others which cost twice the 
amount of money. 



BLOOD PURIFIER, 

NUMBER 2. 

This blood remedy will build the system up and cure 
a great many of the various complaints which are 
brought on by the blood being in an impure state. It 
is an established fact that there cannot be good health 
when the blood is in an impure condition. 

Take 

Iodide Potassa, 2 drachms. 
Bromide Potassa, 4 drachms. 
Pure Water, 4 ounces. 



244 Recipes and Preparations 

Simple Syrup, 3 ounces. 
Fluid Extract Senna, \ ounce. 

" " Sarsaparilla Compound, 1 ounce. 

Best Whiskey, 3 ounces. 

Prepare by dissolving the iodide and bromide of 
potassa in the water ; then add the simple syrup, fluid 
extracts and whiskey. 

Shake all together ; keep tightly corked. 

Directions. 

Dose for an adult is from one to two teaspoonfuls of 
this medicine three times a day, with about a wine glass 
full of water. 

It should be taken about one hour after meals. 

When this medicine is given to children the dose 
must be according to their ages. 

The number of times that it should be given through 
the day must be regulated by the wants of the system. 



BEEF, IRON AND WINE. 

Where is the person who has not heard of it ? 

There are few names with which the public is more 
familiar than this preparation, and yet they do not 
know anything about its composition. I am inclined 
to think a formula for making it will be highly appre- 
ciated, and be of considerable value to some of my 
readers. 

There is probably no one preparation that is used 
with greater satisfaction for a very large number of 
complaints, and the demand for it seems to be con- 
tinually increasing. 

When a tonic is required to build up the run-down 



For Toilet and Household Use. 245 

system there are thousands of people who resort to this 
preparation. I have seen some splendid results follow 
the use of it. 

It is very mild and agreeable to take, on which 
account a great many people can use it without the 
least unpleasant effects ; and extremely good results 
follow, where the more powerful or stronger iron com- 
binations could not be tolerated. 

This preparation is especially indicated in that low 
state of the system to which many people are subject 
who have had malaria ; also for loss of appetite, 
languor, and after a long siege of sickness where the 
recovery of strength and vitality is slow and where it 
often seems to the patient that they will never get 
strong again. 

In fact it may be used to good advantage at nearly 
any time that something is required to restore the tone 
and vigor of the system. . How many people suffer 
from a low state of vitality ? They can be numbered 
by the thousands. They go through this life in a half- 
starved condition, and their system is continually 
craving for something. What is it? It is some such 
preparation as this that is wanted to rejuvenate and 
build up the system of thousands of people who can- 
not eat a meal without great distress, and who would 
give a great deal to be able to eat heartily and feel 
well ; to be able to digest what they eat and not have 
to submit to the pangs of dyspepsia, a complaint that 
most people in America suffer from more or less. I 
have added below a recipe for making a Dyspepsia 
Compound, to which I refer those who suffer from this 
distressing complaint. 



246 Recipes and Preparations 

I ask those afflicted to give this preparation of Beef, 
Iron and Wine a trial. It may be just what your 
system needs. It can do no harm. It can also be used 
in conjunction with the Dyspepsia Compound with the 
happiest results. 

Beef, Iron and Wine can be made after the follow- 
ing formula for very much less cost than is charged for 
it by the dealers. The market at the present time is 
flooded with preparations called Beef, Iron and Wine. 
I am compelled to say that a great many of them are 
made up of very poor quality of material ; especially 
is this so as regards the quality of sherry wine used in 
making them. Then again others use a very small 
amount of beef, which is often of an inferior quality. 

Some pharmacists that make this excellent and valu- 
able medicinal preparation claim to use fresh beef. I 
have tried this, but with unsatisfactory results ; conse- 
quently I gave up using the fresh beef, and ever after 
confined myself to the use of a first-class quality of 
the Extract of Beef. 

In making this preparation it is absolutely essential 
to have good quality of material ; nothing else should 
be used ; for if it is prepared from poor or inferior 
material the finished product must necessarily be of an 
inferior quality. This would lay my recipe open to 
strong condemnation ; so I wish to impress upon my 
readers the importance of using only good materials. 
There are perhaps very few things in the line of 
medicinal preparations that have deteriorated in 
quality as much as this preparation in the last few 
years. But by making your own preparation after my 
recipe you will see just what it is made of, and know 



For Toilet and Household Use. 247 

that you are getting the best quality of Beef, Iron and 
Wine for the least money. 

I desire to be rightly understood in this matter. I 
do not make the claim that my recipe will make the 
best possible preparation, for no doubt a great many 
capable druggists make equally as good. But I do 
claim that if you have this recipe you will be able to 
make a first-class Beef, Iron and Wine at a cost no 
greater than is generally charged for an inferior prep- 
aration. Thus you will save many times the price of 
this volume. 

I have used the following formula a number of years 
in making this preparation and have sold hundreds of 
bottles of it ; and I speak with a full and thorough 
knowledge of its merits. 

The simple elixir called for in the recipe is a solution 
of aromatics. It gives to the Beef, Wine and Iron a 
pleasant and agreeable flavor. It can be had at any 
drug store, as well as the other ingredients. 

I have simplified this recipe, so that it will be a very 
easy matter to prepare the Beef, Iron and Wine. 

Take 

Best Quality Extract Beef, 1 ounce. 
Pure Glycerine, 4 ounces. 
Simple Syrup, 4 ounces. 
Aquae Ammonia, 1 drachm. 
Simple Elixir, 4 ounces. 
Ammoniated Citrate Iron, 6 drachms. 
Hot Water, 2 ounces. 
Fluid Extract Lovage, i drachm. 
Good quality Sherry Wine, li pint. 

Prepare as follows : 

In buying the ingredients from your druggists have 



248 Recipes and Preparations 

the glycerine, ammonia, syrup and simple elixir put 
together. Then have the fluid extract lovage, put with 
the sherry wine. The lovage can be left out, if desired ; 
it,, however, adds very much to the character of the 
preparation, by giving it that peculiar flavor so generally 
looked for. Have the citrate of iron put up separately in 
paper. Put the different ingredients together by dis- 
solving the citrate of iron in the hot water. After it is 
dissolved, add the solution to the sherry wine. Then 
dissolve the extract of beef in mixture of simple syrup, 
elixir and ammonia. This can very readily be done 
by mixing all together in a bottle that will hold about 
a quart and shaking frequently for a period of an hour 
or two. 

When it has been dissolved, add the two mixtures 
together, and you will have the Beef, Iron and Wine then 
completed. Not a very difficult thing to make, after 
all, is it ? 

It must now be left standing for two days. If at the 
end of this time there should be a precipitate (sediment) 
at the bottom, pour off the clear liquid from above ; or 
it may be filtered through filtering paper. 

This recipe makes about a quart of the preparation. 
Directions for using. 

Dose : one teaspoonf ul to a tablespoonful, before or 
after meals ; or it may be taken every 2 or 3 hours, if 
necessary, according to conditions. 



DYSPEPSIA. 

What untold despair and suffering this complaint 
implies, will never be known to those who enjoy 



For Toilet and Household Use. 249 

vigorous digestive powers. It is generally called the 
Grreat American Complaint. Indeed it is a fact, that 
very few people in this country are entirely free from it. 

If ever a person is justified in giving way to hope- 
lessness it is when suffering from the ravages and 
tortures of dyspepsia. But the sufferers from this dis- 
tressing complaint have generally only themselves to 
blame ; for in the majority of cases it is brought on by 
abusing nature. 

It should not be forgotten that nature is a stern and 
exacting judge ; if she is slow at times, she is none the 
less sure to demand a hearing. Therefore all should 
beware and pay heed to warnings that nature gives from 
time to time. If these are disregarded, poor health, 
suffering, despondency, unhappiness and often despair 
ensue. 

I have seen a great deal of this suffering from dys- 
pepsia and indigestion, and will say to those afflicted 
that they must make up their minds to apply them- 
selves to some remedy which will meet their case, and 
use it faithfully until they get relieved. This, how- 
ever, will have to be assisted by a judicious diet. You 
must not eat food of any kind that will distress you ; 
it is positively necessary to abstain from such food be- 
fore you can expect to get any relief. I have learned 
by experience that it is a grave error of some writers 
and physicians of prominence to advocate certain rules 
to govern all cases. This I declare to be positively 
wrong in theory as well as in practice. The problem 
can only be solved properly and correctly by each 
individual having his own rules to go by, and to eat 
according to what he finds to agree with him. I am 



250 Hecipes and Preparations 

aware that this may be open to a certain amount of 
discussion, on the ground that so few people will 
voluntarily suffer any deprivation for themselves. Yet 
after a short experience of dyspepsia, they will be suffi- 
ciently impressed with the serious importance of doing 
so ; and will learn to eat only such nutritious food, and 
in such quantity as will agree with the stomach. 
Following will be found a recipe for making the 

COMPOUND DYSPEPSIA POWDER. 

If all dyspeptics will use this remedy, and follow the 
above suggestions, I venture to say they will be pleased 
with the result. 

This subject is one that cannot be thoroughly dis- 
cussed in this work. What I have said must suffice. 

I have put up the following preparation many times, 
and know it has cured some very bad cases of dyspepsia 
and indigestion. I never have been more pleased with 
the beneficial effects of any of my preparations. It has 
given such immediate relief in some cases that the 
gratification derived from this source was very pleasant 
and refreshing in the ups and downs of every day life. 

To prepare the Dyspepsia Compound : 

Take 

Pulv. Cinnamon, \ drachm. 

Pulv. Jam. Ginger, \\ drachm. 

Pure Sub. Nitrate Bismuth, 2 drachms. 

" Prepared Chalk, 2 " 

" Bicarbonate Soda, 2 " 
Pure pulv. Pepsin, \\ drachm. 

" " Gum Arabic, 1} drachm. 

Mix all together, and keep in a wide mouthed bottle, 
well corked. 



For Toilet and Household Use. 251 

Directions. 

In having this recipe put up have your druggist 
weigh out for a sample close 20 grains. This is equal 
to about a half teaspoonful in bulk of the powder. 

This quantity may be taken as a dose three times a 
day right after, or with the meals. It can be taken in 
a small quantity of water, or with sugar and water. 
Dose for an adult is about i teaspoonful of the powder, 
and the close for children in proportion to their age. 
The above preparation is also an excellent remedy for 
bowel difficulties, such as summer complaints and 
diarrhoea. 

In the use of this and other preparations in severe 
cases, do not delay for a moment ; but go to your 
druggist and have the recipe put up at once. This 
will insure proper compounding, and the remedy can 
be used with confidence. 

I have endeavored to make everything so plain 
throughout this work, that the materials can generally 
be put up together by any intelligent person. 

CONCLUSION. 

It is the earnest wish and hope of the author that 
everybody who reads this book will be better off for 
having done so, and that its readers may gain knowledge 
which will be invaluable to them. 

" ALL IS WELL THAT ENDS WELL." 



INDEX. 



PAGE. 

A Few Words to the Ladies 17 

A Few Things I have Observed 9 

All Healing Ointment, or Cure All Salve 205 

American Brilliantin 109 

Antiseptic Lotion, for the Teeth and Mouth j 92 

Artificial Teeth,— Note 92 

Aromatic Salts 206 

Aromatic Tooth Paste , 94 

Aromatic Tooth Powder 81 

Bandoline 121 

" In Powder form 121 

11 In Liquid " 122 

Bathing Powder 98 

Bay Rum 129 

" " Equal to the Imported 13,0 

" Good Quality 131 

" " With Ammonia 131 

" " For Gentlemen 132 

" " Ordinary 184 

Begy's Catarrh Remedy 240 

Beef, Iron and Wine 244 

Black Ink 181 

Bleaching Compound 185 

Blood Purifier No. One 242 

c ' " No . T w o 243 

Brilliantins 109 

Brilliant Hair Dressing LIS 

Brunette Complexion Powder No. One 4 f ) 

" " " No. Two 41 

Buffalo Bugs 1 94 

Camphorated Touth Powder ,;..,..,., , 87 



254 Index. 

PAGE. 

Capital Toilet Cream 27 

Carbolized Glycerine and Rose Water 62 

Carmine Ink , . . .' 132 

Carpet Bugs 194 

Catarrh 238 

Chafing Powder 65 

Chilblain Remedies Kos. 1,2, 3, and 4 223-225 

" " Note 223 

Cocoanut Oil Hair Dressing 105 

Colognes .* 146 

Cologne, — Note 151 

American 152 

Begy's Favorite. 147 

French 158 

German , 153 

Italian 149 

Jockey Club 156 

Orient 151 

Patchouly 154 

Sweet Orange 150 

The Mabel .-. 157 

White Rose . . .155 

Cold Cream 56 

Comedone Cream „ 59 

Compound Cajeput for the Toothache 220 

" Charcoal Tooth Paste 95 

" Honey Balsam 235 

" Liquorice Mixture for Colds. 236 

" Menthol Snuff 239 

" Orris Powder , 64 

" Quinine Hair Tonic 101 

" Tar Ointment 206 

Corns and Bunions 216 

Corn and Bunion Remedy — In Liquid form 217 

" " " " In Salve form. 218 

Cough Syrup (For general use) 230 

Cough Syrup (For Children) 233 

Dandruff Eradicator 119 

Dermal Cream 60 

Detergent Cream 174 

Dyspepsia Compound 250 



Index. 255 

t, ^ . t> ; PAGE. 
Excelsior Balm oi 

Elegant Saponacious Tooth Powder 86 

Elegant Hair Dressing 1 03 

Face Preparations 34 

Flouncing Fluid 104 

Fragrant Balm 52 

Freckles on the Skin 71 

Freckle Eradicator 72 

French Brilliantin HO 

Furniture Polish No. 1, 2, and 3 188-190 

Ginger Ale or Beer 198 

Glove Powder 171 

Glycerine Balm 55 

Glycerotine 108 

Golden Cream 57 

Grease Eradicator 175 

Hair Dyes , 124 

Hair Dye, With one preparation 125 

" " With two preparations 125 

" Preparations 100 

l< Restorer 123 

" Tonic and Preserver 104 

" Vitalizer 103 

Hand Powder .63 

Hemorrhoid Ointment 209 

Honey and Borax Lotion 76 

How and Where to Procure the Materials for Making the 

different Preparations in this Book 14 

Indelible Ink 183 

Ink Remover 184 

" " Note 184 

Jamaica Bum, Honey, and Tar Remedy 232 

Liniment 200 

" Campkor Compound 204 

* ; For general use 203 

Lotions 66 

Making Toilet Powders 47 

" Tooth Powders 80-88 

Magic Neuralgia Remedy 222 

Maiden Blush, for the Complexion 24 

J£anipure Powder 97 



256 Index. 

PAGE. 
Modified Rouge , , 45 

Miscellaneous Preparations (Or Family Recipes) 172 

Mixture for Colds and Coughs 234 

Moth Destroyer 191 

Mucilage 191 

Nature's Own Toilet Powder .40 

Note on Toilet Requisites 146 

Ointments or Salves , 205 

Orange Cream, for the Complexion 23 

Pain Annhilator No. One 201 

" " No. Two 202 

Parisian Eureka, for the Toilet 28 

Peach Blow Powder, for the Complexion 42 

Pearl Tooth Powder 83 

Peruvian Hair Tonic ±19 

Pimple Lotion 75 

Pomade Cream 107 

Practical Toilet Cream 29 

Preparations For the Complexion and Skin 23-76 

" For the Hair and Scalp 100 

" For the Hands 52-65 

" For the Lips 54-62 

" For the Teeth, Gums, Mouth and Breath 78-95 

" For the Skin 23-76 

" For Cleaning Kid Gloves 176 

" For Cleaning and Polishing Solid and Plated Ware.. 177 

" Also Plate Glass (In Powder Form) 178 

" For Cleaning Brass and Copper Ware 179 

" For Cleaning and Polishing Solid and Plated Ware 

and Plate Glass 178 

" (In Liquid Form) 177 

" For Removing Ink Stains 184 

Prickly Heat Lotion 75 

Remedies 211 

Remedy for Burns 212 

" " Cholera Morbus, Cramps, Diarrhoea 214 

" " Cold in the head, No. One 226 

" " " " " " No. Two ....227 

" " Earache..... 213 

Red Rose Balm, for the Complexion 30 

Rheumatic Liniment 203 



Index. 257 

PAGE. 

Rouges 43-46 

Rouge In Liquid Form 44 

" " Powder 43 

" " " lightshade 45 

" " " Modified 45 

Rose Toilet Powder 48 

Royal Complexion Powder 39 

Ruby Cream 54 

Rust Remover 187 

Rye and Rock Candy Combination 231 

Sachet Powders 159-167 

Sachet Powder,— Note 160 

n " Bouquet 165 

*< " Damask Rose 162 

" " Heliotrope 163 

" " Jockey Club 166 

11 " Lavender 167 

" " Patchouly 165 

'« " Violet 167 

u " White Rose .....164 

" ■« Ylang Ylang 161 

Sea Foam 112 

Shampoos 113-117 

Shampoo Bay Rum 132 

11 Eureka 114 

" For the Gentlemen 116 

Shaving Lotion 67 

Smelling Salts, No. One 169 

" No. Two 170 

Snowdrop Cream (For the Skin) 26 

Spruce Beer 199 

Special Directions and Instructions for using Preparations made 

after Recipes in this book 18 

Summer Drinks 167 

The Arabian Complexion Beautifier 27 

" Arcadian Dentifrice 88 

" Cream Lotion 69 

" Complexion Lotion 71 

" Elite Complexion Powder 35 

" Finger Nails 96 

" Franklin Tooth Powder 84 



258 Index. 



PAGE. 

The Freckle Lotion 74 

" French Face Powder 37 

" Iokah (for the teeth) 90 

" J. A. B. Cream Froth 60 

" J. A. B. Ointment 208 

" Mabel Brilliantin Ill 

" Melrose Face Powder 36 

" Occident Lotion 72 

" Pearl Powder, for the Complexion 36 

" Khoda Cream Lotion 66 

" Rhoda Toilet Lotion 68 

" Skin, How to Preserve and Beautify it 11 

" Tinted Cream, for the Skin 33 

" Unexcelled Cream, for the Skin 30 

" Unexcelled Tooth Powder 80 

" White Hose Tooth Po wder . 85 

" White Rose BentrHiee 91 

Throat and Lung Balsam 234 

Throat and Lung Remedies 228-237 

Tokaion, the Beautifier 2a 

Toilet Powders 34-42 

" Requisites 145 

" Vinegar ' 144 

" Waters 135-143 

Toilet Water, The American Lavender 140 

" " " Amber " 141 

" " ** Florida 143 

H " " Franklin 143 

" " " French Lavender 159 

" " " Heliotrope 137 

" " " Violet 137 

" " " Verbena 142 

Various Preparations For Preserving Improving and Beautifying 

the Skin on the Face, Lips and Hands 52 

Velvet Toilet Powder 51 

Violet Powders For the Nursery and Completing the Toilet 51 

Washing Fluid 186 

White Rose Complexion Powder 3S 

" " Toilet Powder 40 

White Rose Tooth Powder 85 



SELECT ILLUSTRATED LIBRARY, 

FOR 

1889 - ©O- 

PUBLISHED BY 

WM. L. ALLISON, 
No. 93 CHAMBERS STREET, NEW YORK. 



This new collection of twelvemos — comprising more 
than 230 volumes, ready and in preparation, covers every 
department of literature for the old and young. Biography, 
History, Fiction, Poetry and Religious Classics are well 
represented. It is the best, the newest, the largest type, 
the most fully illustrated, and most expensively 
bound series in the market, and forms a Unique 
Library in itself. 

Allison's Select Library at $1.00. 

Net Trade Price, ; per 100 ; pei 5 1,000. 

Bound in cloth, brown and gold. 



< ■+ » > 



i. Romola. Only large type ed. By George 

Eliot. See 51 to 56. 

2. Middlemarch. 2 vols, in 1. By George 

Eliot. Large type edition, 

3. Daniel Deronda. 2 vols, in 1. By George 

Eliot. Large type edition. 

4. Theophrastus Such, and Essays. By George 

Eliot. Large type edition. (These editions of Gi:orge 
Eliot are not equalled for large, clear t\ pe, either in Europe 
or America.) 



WM. L ALLISON'S 



5. Arctic Discovery in the 19th Century, 

From Ross to Greely (1818 to 1S86). By S. M. Smucker 
and Wm. L. Allison. With illustrations of the dangers of 
Arctic Navigation, and of Human and Animal Life in the 
Ice Zones. 

6. Wilhelm Meister's Apprenticeship. Trans- 

lated from the German of Goethe. By Thomas Cabjmtle. 

7. Wilhelm Meister's Travels. Translated 

from the German of Goethe. By Thomas Carlyle. 

8. The French Revolution. By Thomas 

Carlyle. 

9. Bacon'sEssays. WithTHOS. Dewey's Notes. 

10. Vathek. An Oriental Story. By Wm, 

Beckford. With copious Notes on Arabic Literature, etc. 

11. Alexander the Great : His Campaigns and 

Successors. By George Grote. 

12. Xenophon's Anabasis ; or, March of the 

Ten Thousand Greeks. By George Grote. 

13. Mythology of the Greeks. Legends ante- 

rior to and contemporary with the Trojan War, 1183 B.C., 
to the first Olympiad, 776 B.C, By George Grote. 

14. Longfellow's Poems. A new edition, com- 

prising all his poems to 1847, including Evangeline. 

15. Whittier's Poems. 

16. Bryants Poems. 

1 7. Poe's Poems. With a Memoir of Poe. 

18. Scott's Poems. 

19. Goethe's Faust. 

20. Cowper's Poems. 

21. Dante's Hell, Purgatory and Paradise. 

Cary's Translation. New edition. 

22. Witch's Head. By H. Rider Haggard. 
22a. Byron's Poetical Works. 

23. Milton's Paradise Lost, and other Poems. 

24. Edgar Allan Poe's Tales. 

25. King Solomon's Mines. By H. Rider 

Haggard. Frontispiece. 

26. Allan Ouatermain. By H. R. Haggarp- 

27. She. By H. Rider Haggard. 



OWN P UBLICA TIONS. 



28. Great Generals by Great Authors ; Han- 

nibal, by Thomas Arnold. Julius Caesar, by H. G. 
Liddell. Oliver Cromwell, by Alphonse de Lamartine. 
Frederick the Great, by T. L M&cauiay. 

29. Lives of Celebrated Men. Mahomet, by 

Edward Gibbon. Martin Luther, by Bunsen. Chris- 
topher Columbus, by A. de Lamartine. William Pitt, 
by T. B. Macaulay. Robert Burns, by Thomas Ca-lyie. 

30. Lives of Celebrated Women. Joan of 

Arc, by Michelet. Mary, Queen of Scots, by Alphonse 
de Lamartine. Vittoria Colonna, by T. A. Trollope. 

31. Biographical Sketches. By T. B. Macau- 

lay. Including his Essays on Bunyan, Samuel Johnson, 
Oliver Goldsmith and the Earl of Chatham. 

32. Biographical Sketches. ByT. B. Macau- 

lay. Including his celebrated Essays on Milton. MACHIA- 
velli, Warren Hastings, etc., etc. 

33. Life and Letters of Thomas Babinc-ton 

(Lord) Macaulay. By his Nephew, George Otto Trevelyan. 

34. Song of the Shirt, and other Poems. By 

Thomas Hood. 

35. Harry Lorrequer. By Charles Lever. 

36. Handy Andy. By Samuel Lover. 111. 

37. The Holy War. By John Bunyan. 

50 illustrations on wood. 
"In 1684 appeared the second part of the " Pilgrim's Progress." 
It was soon followed by the u Holy War," which, if the "Pilgrim's 
Progress" did not exist, would be THE BEST ALLEGORY THAT EVER 
was written."— T. B. Macaulay, Essays, Vol. in., page 263. 
,New York : Wm. L. Allison, Publisher). 

38. Holy Living. By Jeremy Taylor. 

39. Old Curiosity Shop. By Charles Dickens. 

40. Mutual Friend. 

40^. Martin Chuzzlewit. " " " 

41. Sketches. By Boz. 

42. Barnaby Rudge. " " " 

43. Oliver Twist. il 

44. Great Expectations. 

45. Tale of Two Cities. « 



a a 

a it a 



JVM: L- ALLISONS 



if 



a 



46, Pickwick Papers. By Charles Dickens, 
4% David Copperfield. u " " 

4/ a. Christmas Books. 
476. Christmas Stories. 

48. Christmas Tales. " f * 

49. The Uncommercial Traveller. 

50. A Child's History of England. 

51. Adam Bede. - - By George Eliot. 

52. Felix Holt. -.-"■■« 

53. The Mill on the Floss. " 

54. Scenes in Clerical Life. " " 

55. Silas Marner and other Stories. 

56. Gypsy Queen and other Poems. 

57. Boys of the Bible. 6 Original Wood Cuts, 

58. Willy Reilly. By Wm, Carleton. 6 ills. 

59. Phelim 0'Tool's Courtship — The Poor 

Scholar, Going to Maynooth, and other Stories of the Irish 
Peasantry. By Wm. Carleton. 

60. The Midnight Mass, Phil Purcel, and 

other stories. By Wm. Carleton. 

61. Shane Fadh's Wedding — The Funeral — 

The Wake, etc. By Wm. Carleton. 

62. Essays of Elia. By Charles Lamb. 

63. Lamb's Tales, Sketches, Poems, etc. 

64. East Lynne. By Mrs. Henry Wood. Only 

large type edition. 

65. Ivanhoe. By Sir Walter Scott. With 

8 illustrations from the edition de luxe. 

66. The Last Days of Pompeii. By Sir 

Edward Bulwer Lytton, Bart. 

67. Life of Daniel Boone, and other Stories 

of Western Civilization. 

68. ^Esop's Fables. 100 illustrations. 

69. The Arabian Nights' Entertainments. 

70. Robinson Crusoe. Large type edition, 

with 200 illustrations. This edition is especially adapted to 
the young reader* of thi> i<ii mortal juvenile. 

71. The Swiss Family Robinson. 

72. The Scottish Chiefs. By Jake Pouter. 



O WN P UBLICA TIONS. 



73. Thaddeus of Warsaw, By Jane Porter, 

74. The Children of the Abbey. By Regina 

Marie Roche. 

75. Hans Andersen's Fairy Tales. 200 ills, 

76. Great Battles of the Ancient Greeks — 

Wars with the Medes and Persians. By George Grote. 

jj. Socrates, Demosthenes, and others. By 

George Grote. 

78. The Vicar of Wakefield. By Olives 

Goldsmith. Rasselas, by Samuel John&on. Paul and 
Virginia, by Bernardin de St. Pierre. 3 Vols, in 1. 

79. Gulliver's Travels. By Dean Swift. 

80. Don Quixote. By Cervantes. Complete. 

81. Sanford and Merton. By Thos. Day. 

82. Charlotte and Lucy Temple. By Mrs. 

Susanna Rowson. 

83. Grimm's Fairy Tales. 75 illustrations. 

84. Jane Eyre. By Charlotte Bronte. 

85. Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress. Complete. 

86. Famous Travelers in many Lands and 

Seas. 115 illustrations. 

87. Noted Shipwrecks and Famous Sailors. 

167 illustrations. 

88. Adventures in the Forest and on the 

Frontier. 80 illustrations. 

89. Heroes and Hunters of the West. Includ- 

ing Daniel Boone, Brady, Kenton, Logan, Whetzel, Fleehart, 
Hughes, Johnston and others. 118 illustrations. 

90. Adventures among Indians ; Exploits of 

Famous Hunters. 118 illustrations. 

Adventure Library being the five last named 

books, bound in red cloth, ink side, full gold back. In a 
box. Price, per set, $6.00. 

91. Shakespeare's Poems and Sonnets, with 

a Memoir of Shakespeare. By Henry Glassford Bell, 
etc. Steel Portrait. A new large type edition. 

92. Decisive Battles of the World. By Prof. 

E. S. Creasy. 

93. Twice Told Tales. In Letters, by Chas. 

Sickens. 



6 WM. L. ALLISON'S 



94. The Fur Country ; or, 70 North Latitude. 

By Jules Verne. 21 illustrations. 

95. Five Weeks in a Balloon. By j ulesVerne. 

96. Tour of the World in 80 Days. " " 

97. Mysterious Island. By Jules Verne. 

98. Twenty Thousand Leagues under the Sea. 

By Jules Verne. 

99. Picciola. By J. H. B. Saintine. Undine 

and The Two Captains. By Friedrich, Baron de la 
Motte Fouquk Paul and Virginia. By Bernardin de 
Saint Pierre. Illustrated. Translated from the French. 
Four classical stories in I volume. 

100. Buccaneers on Land and Sea. A His- 

torical Novel of Capt. Kidd's Time. 200 years ago. 

" Ships are but boards, sailors but men ; there are land rats and water rats, 
water thieves and land thieves ; I mean pirates ; and then there is the peril of 
waters, winds and rocks"— Shakespeare, in "Merchant of Venice" Act /., 
Scene III. 

ioi- Tom Brown's School Days at Rugby. 

102. Tom Brown at Oxford. A Sequel to 

Tom Brown's School Days. By Thomas Hughes. New ed. 

103. The Last of the Mohicans. By Feni- 

more Cooper. 

104. The Prairie. By Fenimore Cooper. 

105. The Pathfinder. " 

106. The Deerslayer." " " 

107. The Pioneers. " " " 

108. The Spy. 

"The enduring monuments of Fenimore Cooper are his works. While th^love 
of country continues to prevail, his memory will exist in the hearts of the people. 
So truly patriotic, and American throughout, they should find a place in every 
American's Library." — Daniel Webster. 

109. From the Earth to the Moon. Direct in 

97 hours, 20 minutes. By Jules Verne. 

1 10. A Journey Around the Moon. By Jules 

Verne. See 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 229, 230. 

in. Carlyle's Reminiscences. Thin i6mo. 
112. Michael Strogoff, a Russian story. By 

Jules Verne. A new edition from the $2 00 English edi- 
tion. This is one of the most interesting of Verne's books. 

We also publish Nos. 101 and 102, 103, 105, 106, io3, as well as 
Nos. 94, 95. 96 97. 9S, 109, no in sets, bound in an attractive style, 
and put up in a neat box. 



WK PUBLIC A TIONS. 1 

113. Tasso's Jerusalem Delivered. i6mo. 

114. McFingal : An Epic Poem. By John 

Trumbull. i6mo. All others i2mos. 

115. Life of Charles XII. By M. de Voltaire. 

With a Life of Voltaire : by Thos. Carlyle, and notes. 

116. John Halifax, Gentleman. 

1 1 7. Noah and his Times. The Antedeluvian 

and Earlier Postdeluvian Periods. By Rev. J. Munson 
Olmstead, M.A. 

118. The Pilgrim Fathers. With Historical 

and Local Illustrations. By George B. Cheever, D.D. 

119. Butler's Analogy of Religion. Natural 

and Revealed. 

120. The Planetary and Stellar Worlds. A 

Popular Exposition of the Great Discoveries and Theories 
of' Modern Astronomy. By O. M. Mitchell, A.M. 
16 full page illustrations of the Heavens. 

121. Seli-Help. With illustrations of Char- 

acter and Conduct. By Samuel Smiles. 

122. Curious Myths of the Middle Ages. By 

J. Baring-Gould. 

123. Legends of the Patriarchs and Prophets 

By J Baring-Gould. New and enlarged edition. 

124. Carlyle's Heroes and Hero Worship. 

i2mo New and Cheapest Edition made. 

125. Macaulay's History of England. Vol. i, 

126. " " " " Vol. 2 

127. " " " " Vol. 3. 

128. " " " " Vol. 4. 

129. " « " " Vol. 5. 

130. Allison's Counting House Dictionary. 

131. Sketch Book. By Washington Irving. 

YOUNG FOLKS' HISTOEIES. A New Series Illustrated. 

132. History of Norway, Sweden and Den- 

mark. From the mythic age to the present time. Notes. 

133. History of England By Leonhard 

Schmjtz LL.D, 



WM. L. ALLISON'S 



34. History of Greece. By Leonh'd Schmitz. 

35. " " Rome. " 

36. History of Germany. By Sutherland 

Menzies. Illustrated. 

37. History of France. By Sutherland 

Menzies. Illustrated. 

38. History of The Ottoman Empire in 

Europe. By Sutherland Menzies. Illustrated. 

39. History of the Middle Ages. Europe, 

* from the Decadence of the Western Empire to the Refor- 
mation. By Sutherland Menzies. Illustrated. 

40. History of India. By Wm. C. Pearce. 

41. History of Holland and Belgium. By 

Wm. C. Pearce. Illustrated, 

42 History of Spain and Portugal. By Wm. 

C. Pearce. Illustrated. 

43. History of Russia. By R. Gossip. 

Illustrated. 

44. Life of Abraham Lincoln, and His 

Speeches and Messages. By J. H. Barrett. 

45. Life of Benjamin Franklin. By. Rev. 

M. L. Weems. 

46. Life of Washington. His Domestic Life. 

47. Life of Samuel Taylor Coleridge, in- 

cluding his critiques on Wordsworth, Milton, Shakespeare, 
Bertram, etc., and his Satyrane Letters. 

48. Literary Reminiscences of Samuel Taylor 

Coleridge ; or, Biographia Literaria. 

49. Tristram Shandy. By Lawrence Sterne. 

50. Cast Up by the Sea. By Sir T. W. 

Baker. A book for all boys from eight years old to eighty. 

51. Plutarch's Lives. A new large type edi- 

tion, with notes, and Plutarch's Parallels or Comparisons. 

52. The War Tiger. A Tale of the Con- 

quest of China. By William Dalton. 

53. The White Elephant ; or, the Hunters of 

Ava and the King of the Golden Foot. By Wm Dalton. 

54. The Wolf Boy of China. By W. Dalton. 

55. The Tiger Prince; or, Adventures in the 

Wilds of Abyssinia. Bv William D\lton. 



WN PUBLIC A TIONS. 



j. 5 6. Wild Sports in the Far West. By F. 

Gerstaecker. 

157.. Frank Wildman's Adventures on Land 

and Water. By F. Gerstaecker. 

j 58. Dick Cheveley, his Adventures and Mis- 
adventures. By W. H. G. Kingston. 
j-59. Emerson's Essays. 

160. Around the World. A tale. By W. H. 

G. Kingston. 

161. Rory O'More. By Samuel Lover. 

162. The Parent's Assistant. By Maria 

Edgeworth. 

163. Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome 

Poems and Dramatic Essays. 

164. Uarda. By George Ebers. 

165. Baron Munchausen. 

166. Macaulay's Essays on Von Ranke's His- 

tory of the Popes of Rome — Lord Byron, Horace Walpole, 
etc. 

167. Texar's Revenge. By Jules Verne. 

168. Hector Servedac. By Jules Verne. 

169. Vanity Fair. By Wm. M, Thackeray. 

Illustrated. 

1 70. Treasures from Fairy Land. Illustrated. 

171. An Egyptian Princess. By George 

Ebers. With notes. This is the best and rarest of Ebers' 
stories. New edition. Best translation. 

172. Fox's Book of Martyrs. A history of 

their Lives, Sufferings and Triumphant Deaths. Frontispiece. 

173. Twice Told Tales. By Nathaniel Haw- 

thorne. 

174. Grandfather's Chair. By Nathaniel 

Hawthorne. 

175. Confessions of an English Opium Eater. 

De Quincey. 

176. Junius' Letters. Woodfall's edition. 

177. Robert Elsmere. By Mrs. Humphrey 

Ward. Popular edition. 

178. House on the Marsh. By F. Warden. 



10 WM. L. ALLISON'S 

179. Knight Errant. By Edna Lyall. 

180. Lorna Doone. By R. D. Blackmore. 

181. Not Like Other Girls. By Rose N. 

Carey. 

182. Old Mam'selle's Secret. By E. Marlitt. 

183. Only the Governess. By Rose Nou- 

chette Carey. 

184. Wee Wifie. By Rose Nouchette Carey. 

185. Knickerbocker's History of New York. 

By Washington Irving. 

186. Dora Thorne. By Bertha M. Clay. 

187. The Duke's Secret. " 

188. Sixteen Detective Stories. 

189. The Lamplighter. By Maria S. Cummins. 

190. The Duchess. By The Duchess. 

191. Pope's Homers Iliad. 

192. Shakespeare's Comedies of " The Tem- 

pest," " Two Gentlemen of Verona," " Merry Wives of Wind- 
sor," " Measure for Measure," ''The Comedy of Errors/' 
" Much Ado About Nothing," " Love's Labor's Lost," and 
" Midsummer-Night's Dream." Globe edition. 

193. Shakespeare's Comedies of the M Mer- 

chant of Venice," " As You Like It," " Taming of the Shrew," 
"All's Well That Ends Well," " Twelfth Night," and 
" A Winter's Tale." Globe edition. 

194. Shakespeare's Histories of "King John," 

" Richard III.," " Henry IV.," " Henry V.," and " Henry 
VI." Globe edition. 

195. Shakespeare's Histories of " King Rich- 

ard III.," " Henry VIII.," " Troilusand Cressida," " Corio- 
lanus," and "Titus Andronicus." Globe edition. 

196. Shakespeare's Tragedies of " Romeo and 

Juliet," Timon of Athens," "Julius Caesar," "Macbeth," 
" HamLt," and u King Lear." Globe edition. 

197. Shakespeare's Tragedies of " Othello," 

"Antony and Cleopatra," " Cymbeline," and "Pericles." 
With a Glossary. Globe edition. 

198. American Poultry Book. By John Tag- 

gart. With 62 illustrations. Popular edition. This poultry 
book contains more practical information than any other. 



OIVN PUBLICATIONS. II 

199. Life of George Washington. From his 

boyhood to the Evacution of the Jerseys by the British. 
By Washington Irving. Illustrated. 

200. Life of George Washington. From 

Burgoyne's Invasion, I777» to Washington's death in 
1799. By Washington Irving. Illustrated. Including 
Washington's Farewell Address, the Speech of John 
Marshall in the House, December 18, 1799, and the Reso- 
lutions adopted by Congress as a tribute to his memory. 

201. Natural Law in the Spiritual World. 

By Henry Drummond, F. R. S. E , F. G. S. Thin edition. 

202. Easy Readings for Children. 3 vols. 

of "Pet" books in one. 

203. Swift's Miscellanies in Prose and Verse. 

204. The Koran. Thin edition. See 237. 

205. D'Aubigne's History of the Reformation 

in England in the 1 6th Century, including the thrilling 
stories of Ann Boleyn and all of Henry VIII.'s martyred 
wives ; Wicliffe, Tyndall, and other reformers. 

206. Dr. Jekyll and Mr. Hyde, etc., etc. 

20/. Chavasse's Advice to a Wife on the 

Management of her own Health and the Treatment of 
Children. 

208. Chavasse's Advice to a Mother on the 

Management of Children. 

ILLUSTRATED NEW ARUNDEL 12mos, at $1.25. 

Bound in extra English cloth, lithograph linings, head- 
bands, black and gold title. Besides the superior bind- 
ing and numerous illustrations, many of these volumes 
contain 800 pages each, or two or three ordinary i2mos 
in one. All the choicest books on our list will be bound 
in this scholarly style, printed on better paper, and sold 
at ten cents more than the above plain line. 



< ^ ♦» > — 



2080. Middlemarch. By George Eliot. New 

and only large type edition. Two vols, in one. 

209. Romola. By George Eliot. The new 

large type edition. Illustrated. 

210. Daniel Deronda. By George Eliot. 

Two vols, in one. Illustrated. 



'/ 



L & S 3 * Jj 

12 WM. L. ALLISON* S 

211. Scenes in Clerical Life, Silas Marner, 

and other stories, in one vol. George Eliot. 

212. David Copperfield. By Charles Dickens. 

213. Martin Chuzzlcwit. " 

214. Pickwick Papers. " " " 

215. Our Mutual Friend. 2 vols, in one. By 

Charles Dickens. 

216. Arctic Discovery in the 19th Century. 

From Ross to Greely (1818 to 1886). By S. M. Smucker 
and Wm. L. Allison. With numerous illustrations of the 
dangers of Arctic Navigation and of Human and Animal 
Life in the Ice Zones. 700 pages. 

217. Wilhelm Meister's Apprenticeship and 

Travels Translated from the German of Goethe. By 
Thos. Carlyle. 2 vols, in one. 

218. Life of Charles XII. , King of Sweden, 

from 1697 to 1 718. By M. de Voltaire. Steel Portrait. 
With a Life of Voltaire, by Thos. Carlyle, and Anno- 
tations on the Life of Charles XII. by the publisher. 

219. Holy Living. By Jeremy Taylor. 

220. Choice Works of Dean Swift. With a 

Memoir of Swift. By Sheridan. Illustrated. 792 pages. 

221. Choice Works of Thomas Hood. With 

a Memoir. 792 pages, illustrated. 

222. Complete Works of Charles Lamb. With 

a Memoir. 792 pages, illustrated. 

223. World Heroes ; or, Acme Biography. 

Twelve Lives in one volume. 800 pages, illustrated. See 
" Library of Biography." 

224. Bible Heroes, from Abraham to judas 

Maccabeus. By S. Baring-Gould and Henry L.Williams, 
Jr. Illustrated by six fine wood cuts engraved for this work 
by J. W. Orr. 700 pages. 

225. French Revolution. By Thos. Carlyle. 

2 vols, in one. New edition. Large i2mo. 

226. Willy Reilly and his dear Coleen Bawn. 

By Wm. Carleton. Six Illustrations. 

227. East Lynne. By Mrs. Henry Wood. 

Illustrated. Only large type i2mo edition. 

228. Jane Eyre. By Charlotte Bronte. 

Extra English cloth. Library edition. 



